diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json b/docs/ecs/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json index c6798ea8f..50491b172 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0035470096.html", "product_code":"ecs", "code":"7", - "des":"The public cloud provides the following ECS types for different application scenarios:General-purposeDedicated general-purposeMemory-optimizedLarge-memoryDisk-intensiveHi", + "des":"The cloud platform provides the following ECS types for different application scenarios:General-purposeDedicated general-purposeMemory-optimizedLarge-memoryDisk-intensive", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"ECS Types,Instances,User Guide", "title":"ECS Types", @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0035470101.html", "product_code":"ecs", "code":"10", - "des":"General-purpose ECSs provide a balance of computing, memory, and network resources and a baseline level of vCPU performance with the ability to burst above the baseline. ", + "des":"General-purpose ECSs provide a balance of compute, memory, and network resources and a baseline level of vCPU performance with the ability to burst above the baseline. Th", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"General-Purpose ECSs,ECS Specifications and Types,User Guide", "title":"General-Purpose ECSs", @@ -140,9 +140,19 @@ "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"en-us_topic_0035470100.html", + "uri":"en-us_topic_0094118976.html", "product_code":"ecs", "code":"15", + "des":"Ultra-high I/O ECSs use high-performance local NVMe SSDs to provide high storage input/output operations per second (IOPS) and low read/write latency. You can create such", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "kw":"Ultra-high I/O ECSs,ECS Specifications and Types,User Guide", + "title":"Ultra-high I/O ECSs", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"en-us_topic_0035470100.html", + "product_code":"ecs", + "code":"16", "des":"H2 ECSs are designed to meet high-end computational needs, such as molecular modeling and computational fluid dynamics. In addition to the substantial CPU power, the H2 E", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"High-Performance Computing ECSs,ECS Specifications and Types,User Guide", @@ -152,7 +162,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0097289624.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"16", + "code":"17", "des":"GPU-accelerated ECSs provide outstanding floating-point computing capabilities. They are suitable for applications that require real-time, highly concurrent massive compu", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"GPU-accelerated ECSs,ECS Specifications and Types,User Guide", @@ -162,7 +172,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001351167793.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"17", + "code":"18", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Images", @@ -172,7 +182,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0030828254.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"18", + "code":"19", "des":"An image is an ECS template that contains an OS and may also contain proprietary software and application software, such as database software. You can use images to creat", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Public image,Private image,Shared image,Image Types,Images,User Guide", @@ -182,7 +192,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0048642616.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"19", + "code":"20", "des":"Cloud-Init is an open-source cloud initialization program, which initializes some of the customized configurations of a newly created ECS, such as the hostname, key pair,", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Cloud-Init,Images,User Guide", @@ -192,7 +202,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0030828256.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"20", + "code":"21", "des":"Elastic Volume Service (EVS) offers scalable block storage for ECSs. With high reliability, high performance, and rich specifications, EVS disks can be used for distribut", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"EVS Disks,Service Overview,User Guide", @@ -202,7 +212,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001174675379.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"21", + "code":"22", "des":"Cloud Backup and Recovery (CBR) enables you to back up cloud servers and disks with ease. In case of a virus attack, accidental deletion, or software or hardware fault, y", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"CBR,Service Overview,User Guide", @@ -212,7 +222,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0030828257.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"22", + "code":"23", "des":"Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) allows you to create customized virtual networks in your logically isolated AZ. Such networks are dedicated zones that are logically isolated,", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Network,Service Overview,User Guide", @@ -222,7 +232,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0092435778.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"23", + "code":"24", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Security", @@ -232,8 +242,8 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0046912051.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"24", - "des":"User encryption allows you to use the encryption feature provided on the public cloud platform to encrypt ECS resources, improving data security. User encryption includes", + "code":"25", + "des":"User encryption allows you to use the encryption feature provided on the cloud platform to encrypt ECS resources, improving data security. User encryption includes image ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"User Encryption,Security,User Guide", "title":"User Encryption", @@ -242,8 +252,8 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0046566932.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"25", - "des":"You can use the license provided by the public cloud platform. After creating an ECS with a license authorized, you can use the authorized OS. The platform manages licens", + "code":"26", + "des":"You can use OS licenses provided by the cloud platform. After creating an ECS with a license authorized, you can use the authorized OS. The platform manages license compl", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"License Type,Security,User Guide", "title":"License Type", @@ -252,7 +262,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0070518971.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"26", + "code":"27", "des":"A project groups and isolates OpenStack computing, storage, and network resources. A project can be a department or a team.Multiple projects can be created for one accoun", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Project,Security,User Guide", @@ -262,7 +272,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0054121392.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"27", + "code":"28", "des":"Two types of permissions are provided by default: user management and resource management.User management refers to the management of users, user groups, and user group r", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"User Permissions,Service Overview,User Guide", @@ -272,7 +282,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0186645877.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"28", + "code":"29", "des":"A region and availability zone (AZ) identify the location of a data center. You can create resources in a specific region and AZ.A region is a physical data center, which", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Region and AZ,Service Overview,User Guide", @@ -282,7 +292,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0013771105.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"29", + "code":"30", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Getting Started", @@ -292,7 +302,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0021831611.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"30", + "code":"31", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Creating an ECS", @@ -302,8 +312,8 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0163572588.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"31", - "des":"ECSs are more cost-effective than physical servers. Within minutes, you can obtain ECS resources from the public cloud. ECS resources are flexible and on-demand. This sec", + "code":"32", + "des":"ECSs are more cost-effective than physical servers. Within minutes, you can obtain ECS resources from the cloud service platform. ECS resources are flexible and on-demand", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Overview,Creating an ECS,User Guide", "title":"Overview", @@ -312,7 +322,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0163572589.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"32", + "code":"33", "des":"Log in to the management console.Click in the upper left corner and select your region and project.Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.Click Create ECS.The page ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Step 1: Configure Basic Settings,Creating an ECS,User Guide", @@ -322,7 +332,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0163572590.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"33", + "code":"34", "des":"Set Network by selecting an available VPC and subnet from the drop-down list and specifying a private IP address assignment mode.VPC provides a dedicated network for your", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Step 2: Configure Network,Creating an ECS,User Guide", @@ -332,7 +342,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0163572591.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"34", + "code":"35", "des":"Set ECS Name.The name can be customized but can contain only letters, digits, underscores (_), hyphens (-), and periods (.).If you want to create multiple ECSs at a time,", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Step 3: Configure Advanced Settings,Creating an ECS,User Guide", @@ -342,7 +352,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0163572592.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"35", + "code":"36", "des":"On the Confirm page, view details about the ECS configuration.To learn more about the price, click Pricing details.To learn more about the price, click Pricing details.Se", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Step 4: Confirm,Creating an ECS,User Guide", @@ -352,7 +362,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0092494193.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"36", + "code":"37", "des":"You can log in to a Windows ECS using either VNC or MSTSC provided on the management console.Obtain the password.Use the password obtaining function provided by the manag", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Logging In to an ECS,Getting Started,User Guide", @@ -362,7 +372,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0030831989.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"37", + "code":"38", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Initializing EVS Data Disks", @@ -372,7 +382,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0030831623.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"38", + "code":"39", "des":"If you have added a data disk during ECS creation, you must initialize the data disk after logging in to the ECS.After a disk is attached to a server, you need to log in ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Scenarios and Disk Partitions,Initializing EVS Data Disks,User Guide", @@ -382,7 +392,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0085634796.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"39", + "code":"40", "des":"This section uses Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise 64bit to describe how to initialize a data disk attached to a server running Windows.The maximum disk capacity support", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Initializing a Windows Data Disk (Windows Server 2008),Initializing EVS Data Disks,User Guide", @@ -392,7 +402,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0117490178.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"40", + "code":"41", "des":"This section uses Windows Server 2019 Standard 64bit to describe how to initialize a data disk attached to a server running Windows.The maximum disk capacity supported by", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Initializing a Windows Data Disk (Windows Server 2019),Initializing EVS Data Disks,User Guide", @@ -402,7 +412,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0085634797.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"41", + "code":"42", "des":"This section uses CentOS 7.4 64bit to describe how to initialize a data disk attached to a server running Linux and use fdisk to partition the data disk.The maximum parti", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Initializing a Linux Data Disk (fdisk),Initializing EVS Data Disks,User Guide", @@ -412,7 +422,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0085634798.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"42", + "code":"43", "des":"This section uses CentOS 7.4 64bit to describe how to initialize a data disk attached to a server running Linux and use parted to partition the data disk.The maximum part", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Initializing a Linux Data Disk (parted),Initializing EVS Data Disks,User Guide", @@ -422,7 +432,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0013771097.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"43", + "code":"44", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Instances", @@ -432,7 +442,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0030893661.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"44", + "code":"45", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing ECS Information", @@ -442,7 +452,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0039588795.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"45", + "code":"46", "des":"After submitting the request for creating an ECS, you can view the creation status. This section describes how to view the creation status of an ECS.Log in to the managem", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing ECS Creation Statuses,Viewing ECS Information,User Guide", @@ -452,7 +462,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0108255889.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"46", + "code":"47", "des":"The Failures area shows the tasks that failed due to an error, including the task name and status. Failures is displayed on the management console if a task failed. This ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Failures,Viewing ECS Information,User Guide", @@ -462,7 +472,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0017130261.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"47", + "code":"48", "des":"After obtaining ECSs, you can view and manage them on the management console. This section describes how to view detailed ECS configurations, including its name, image, s", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Details About an ECS,Viewing ECS Information,User Guide", @@ -472,7 +482,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0060610074.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"48", + "code":"49", "des":"The information of all ECSs under your account can be exported in CSV format to a local directory. The file records the IDs, private IP addresses, and EIPs of your ECSs.L", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Exporting ECS Information,Viewing ECS Information,User Guide", @@ -482,7 +492,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0030888079.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"49", + "code":"50", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Logging In to a Windows ECS", @@ -492,7 +502,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0092494943.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"50", + "code":"51", "des":"Only a running ECS can be logged in.Login usernames, passwords, and constraints vary depending on OSs running on the ECSs created using a public image. For details, see P", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Login Overview,Logging In to a Windows ECS,User Guide", @@ -502,7 +512,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0027268511.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"51", + "code":"52", "des":"This section describes how to use VNC provided on the management console to log in to an ECS. This function applies to emergency O&M. In other scenarios, you are advised ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Login Using VNC,Logging In to a Windows ECS,User Guide", @@ -512,7 +522,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0017955381.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"52", + "code":"53", "des":"This section describes how to use the remote login tool MSTSC to log in to a Windows ECS from a local computer.The target ECS is running.You have obtained the password fo", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Login Using MSTSC,Logging In to a Windows ECS,User Guide", @@ -522,7 +532,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0275383051.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"53", + "code":"54", "des":"This section describes how to log in to a Windows ECS from a Linux computer.The target ECS is running.You have bound an EIP to the ECS.Access to port 3389 is allowed in t", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Logging In to a Windows ECS from a Linux Computer,Logging In to a Windows ECS,User Guide", @@ -532,7 +542,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0030831990.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"54", + "code":"55", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Logging In to a Linux ECS", @@ -542,7 +552,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0013771089.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"55", + "code":"56", "des":"Only a running ECS can be logged in.For ECSs created using public images, login usernames, passwords, and constraints vary depending on OSs running on the ECSs. For detai", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Login Overview,Logging In to a Linux ECS,User Guide", @@ -552,7 +562,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0093263550.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"56", + "code":"57", "des":"This section describes how to use VNC provided on the management console to log in to an ECS. This function applies to emergency O&M. In other scenarios, you are advised ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Login Using VNC,Logging In to a Linux ECS,User Guide", @@ -562,8 +572,8 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0017955380.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"57", - "des":"This section describes how to remotely log in to a Linux ECS using an SSH key pair from Windows and Linux, respectively.You have obtained the private key file used for cr", + "code":"58", + "des":"This section describes how to remotely log in to a Linux ECS using an SSH key pair from a Windows and a Linux server, respectively.You have obtained the private key file ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Login Using an SSH Key,Logging In to a Linux ECS,User Guide", "title":"Login Using an SSH Key", @@ -572,8 +582,8 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0017955633.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"58", - "des":"This section describes how to remotely log in to a Linux ECS using an SSH password from Windows and Linux, respectively.Logging in to a Linux ECS using SSH password authe", + "code":"59", + "des":"This section describes how to remotely log in to a Linux ECS using an SSH password from a Windows and a Linux server, respectively.Logging in to a Linux ECS using SSH pas", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Login Using an SSH Password,Logging In to a Linux ECS,User Guide", "title":"Login Using an SSH Password", @@ -582,7 +592,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0176502615.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"59", + "code":"60", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Managing ECSs", @@ -592,7 +602,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0142266317.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"60", + "code":"61", "des":"The name of a created ECS can be changed to meet your service requirements.Multiple ECS names can be changed in a batch. After the change, the ECS names are the same.Log ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Changing an ECS Name,Managing ECSs,User Guide", @@ -602,7 +612,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0024911405.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"61", + "code":"62", "des":"If the OS of an ECS fails to start or requires optimization, reinstall the OS.After the OS is reinstalled, the IP and MAC addresses of the ECS remain unchanged.Reinstalli", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Reinstalling the OS,Managing ECSs,User Guide", @@ -612,7 +622,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0031523135.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"62", + "code":"63", "des":"Changing an ECS OS will change the system disk attached to the ECS. After the changing, the system disk ID of the ECS will be changed, and the original system disk will b", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Changing the OS,Managing ECSs,User Guide", @@ -622,7 +632,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0032980085.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"63", + "code":"64", "des":"An ECS group allows you to create ECSs on different hosts, thereby improving service reliability. This function does not apply to existing ECSs. You cannot add existing E", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Managing ECS Groups,Managing ECSs,User Guide", @@ -632,7 +642,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0040630518.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"64", + "code":"65", "des":"The default time zone for an ECS is the one you selected when creating the image that was used to create the ECS. This section describes how to change the time zone for a", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Changing the Time Zone for an ECS,Managing ECSs,User Guide", @@ -642,7 +652,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0057711189.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"65", + "code":"66", "des":"When an ECS cannot start or run properly, you can download and view ECS console logs for troubleshooting, for example, checking whether the kernel and service configurati", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Obtaining ECS Console Logs,Managing ECSs,User Guide", @@ -652,7 +662,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0030828258.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"66", + "code":"67", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Modifying ECS vCPU and Memory Specifications", @@ -662,7 +672,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0013771092.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"67", + "code":"68", "des":"If ECS specifications do not meet service requirements, you can modify the ECS specifications, including vCPUs and memory. Certain ECSs allow you to change their types wh", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"General Operations for Modifying Specifications,Modifying ECS vCPU and Memory Specifications,User Gu", @@ -672,7 +682,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0133365988.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"68", + "code":"69", "des":"ECSs can be migrated between DeHs and public resource pools.An ECS created on a DeH can be migrated to another DeH.An ECS created on a DeH can be migrated to a public res", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Migrating an ECS,Instances,User Guide", @@ -682,7 +692,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0140313879.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"69", + "code":"70", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Obtaining Metadata and Passing User Data", @@ -692,7 +702,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0042400609.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"70", + "code":"71", "des":"ECS metadata includes basic information of an ECS on the cloud platform, such as the ECS ID, hostname, and network information. ECS metadata can be obtained using either ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Obtaining Metadata,Obtaining Metadata and Passing User Data,User Guide", @@ -702,7 +712,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0032380449.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"71", + "code":"72", "des":"Use the User Data function to pass user data to ECSs to:Simplify ECS configuration.Initialize the ECS OS configuration.Upload your scripts to ECSs during ECS creation.Per", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Passing User Data to ECSs,Obtaining Metadata and Passing User Data,User Guide", @@ -712,7 +722,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0074752335.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"72", + "code":"73", "des":"ECSs in the same VPC can communicate with each other using hostnames. In such a case, you are required to configure the mapping between hostnames and IP addresses. The co", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"(Optional) Configuring Mapping Between Hostnames and IP Addresses,Instances,User Guide", @@ -722,7 +732,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0133513874.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"73", + "code":"74", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"(Optional) Installing a Driver and Toolkit", @@ -732,7 +742,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0234802636.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"74", + "code":"75", "des":"Before using a GPU-accelerated ECS, make sure that a GPU driver has been installed on the ECS for GPU acceleration.GPU-accelerated ECSs support GRID and Tesla drivers.To ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"GPU Driver,(Optional) Installing a Driver and Toolkit,User Guide", @@ -742,7 +752,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0149610914.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"75", + "code":"76", "des":"To use graphics acceleration, such as OpenGL, DirectX, or Vulkan, install a GRID driver and separately purchase and configure a GRID license. The GRID driver with a vDWS ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Installing a GRID Driver on a GPU-accelerated ECS,(Optional) Installing a Driver and Toolkit,User Gu", @@ -752,7 +762,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0149470468.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"76", + "code":"77", "des":"Before using a GPU-accelerated ECS, make sure that the desired Tesla driver and CUDA toolkit have been installed on the ECS for computing acceleration.A computing-acceler", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Installing a Tesla Driver and CUDA Toolkit on a GPU-accelerated ECS,(Optional) Installing a Driver a", @@ -762,7 +772,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0213874991.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"77", + "code":"78", "des":"Before using a GPU-accelerated ECS, make sure that the desired Tesla driver and CUDA toolkit have been installed on the ECS. Otherwise, computing acceleration will not ta", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Obtaining a Tesla Driver and CUDA Toolkit,(Optional) Installing a Driver and Toolkit,User Guide", @@ -772,7 +782,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0177457774.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"78", + "code":"79", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Images", @@ -782,7 +792,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0177457773.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"79", + "code":"80", "des":"An image is an ECS or BMS template that contains an OS or service data and may also contain proprietary software and application software, such as database software. Imag", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Overview,Images,User Guide", @@ -792,7 +802,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0101604508.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"80", + "code":"81", "des":"You can use an existing ECS to create a system disk image, data disk image, and full-ECS image.System disk image: contains an OS and application software for running serv", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Data disk image,Full-ECS image,Creating an Image,Images,User Guide", @@ -802,7 +812,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0092499770.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"81", + "code":"82", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"EVS Disks", @@ -812,7 +822,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0096293655.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"82", + "code":"83", "des":"If the existing disks of an ECS fail to meet service requirements, for example, due to insufficient disk space or poor disk performance, you can attach more available EVS", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Attaching an EVS Disk to an ECS,EVS Disks,User Guide", @@ -822,7 +832,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0036046828.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"83", + "code":"84", "des":"An EVS disk attached to an ECS can function as a system disk or data disk.EVS disks mounted to /dev/sda or /dev/vda function as system disks. You can only detach system d", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Detaching an EVS Disk from a Running ECS,EVS Disks,User Guide", @@ -832,7 +842,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0093492522.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"84", + "code":"85", "des":"When your disk capacity is insufficient, you can handle the insufficiency by expanding the disk capacity.The capacity of an EVS disk can be expanded in either of the foll", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Expanding the Capacity of an EVS Disk,EVS Disks,User Guide", @@ -842,7 +852,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0037470901.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"85", + "code":"86", "des":"Disk-intensive ECSs can use both local disks and EVS disks to store data. Local disks are generally used to store service data and feature higher throughput than EVS disk", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Expanding the Local Disks of a Disk-intensive ECS,EVS Disks,User Guide", @@ -852,7 +862,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0122307169.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"86", + "code":"87", "des":"Disk functions have been upgraded on the platform. Newly created ECSs can have up to 60 attached disks. However, an existing ECS can still have a maximum of 24 attached d", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Enabling Advanced Disk,EVS Disks,User Guide", @@ -862,7 +872,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0096304614.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"87", + "code":"88", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"CBR", @@ -872,7 +882,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001128445638.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"88", + "code":"89", "des":"Cloud Backup and Recovery (CBR) enables you to back up cloud servers and disks with ease. In case of a virus attack, accidental deletion, or software or hardware fault, y", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Overview,CBR,User Guide", @@ -882,8 +892,8 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001128604648.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"89", - "des":"CBR enhances data integrity and service continuity. For example, if an ECS or a EVS disk is faulty or a misoperation causes data loss, you can use data backups to quickly", + "code":"90", + "des":"CBR enhances data integrity and service continuity. For example, if an ECS or EVS disk is faulty or a misoperation causes data loss, you can use data backups to quickly r", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Backing Up ECS Data,CBR,User Guide", "title":"Backing Up ECS Data", @@ -892,7 +902,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0092497777.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"90", + "code":"91", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"NICs", @@ -902,7 +912,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0093492518.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"91", + "code":"92", "des":"If multiple NICs are required by your ECS, you can add them to your ECS. To add a NIC to the ECS, perform the following operations:Log in to the management console.Click ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Adding a NIC,NICs,User Guide", @@ -912,7 +922,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0093492519.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"92", + "code":"93", "des":"An ECS can have up to 12 NICs, including one primary NIC that cannot be deleted and extension NICs. This section describes how to delete an extension NIC.Log in to the ma", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Deleting a NIC,NICs,User Guide", @@ -922,7 +932,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0133339807.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"93", + "code":"94", "des":"You can modify the private IP address of the primary NIC. If you want to modify the private IP address of an extension NIC, delete the NIC and attach a new NIC.The ECS mu", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Modifying a Private IP Address,NICs,User Guide", @@ -932,7 +942,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0093492520.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"94", + "code":"95", "des":"A virtual IP address provides the second IP address for one or more ECS NICs, improving high availability between the ECSs.One NIC can be bound with up to 10 virtual IP a", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Managing Virtual IP Addresses,NICs,User Guide", @@ -942,7 +952,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0058758453.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"95", + "code":"96", "des":"Single-core CPU performance cannot meet the requirement of processing NIC interruptions incurred with the increase of network I/O bandwidth. NIC multi-queue enables multi", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Enabling NIC Multi-Queue,NICs,User Guide", @@ -952,7 +962,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0140313883.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"96", + "code":"97", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"EIPs", @@ -962,7 +972,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0174917535.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"97", + "code":"98", "des":"You can assign an EIP and bind it to an ECS to enable the ECS to access the Internet.Log in to the management console.Click in the upper left corner and select your regi", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Binding an EIP,EIPs,User Guide", @@ -972,7 +982,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0093492521.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"98", + "code":"99", "des":"If an EIP has been bound to the ECS, the ECS can access the Internet using the bandwidth associated with the EIP. This section describes how to adjust the bandwidth of an", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Changing an EIP Bandwidth,EIPs,User Guide", @@ -982,7 +992,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0027157850.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"99", + "code":"100", "des":"To ensure platform security and conserve EIPs, EIPs are assigned only to specified ECSs. ECSs without EIPs cannot access the Internet directly. If these ECSs need to acce", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Enabling Internet Connectivity for an ECS Without an EIP,EIPs,User Guide", @@ -992,7 +1002,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0092499769.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"100", + "code":"101", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Security", @@ -1002,7 +1012,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0140323151.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"101", + "code":"102", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Security Groups", @@ -1012,7 +1022,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0140323157.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"102", + "code":"103", "des":"A security group is a collection of access control rules for ECSs that have the same security protection requirements and that are mutually trusted. After a security grou", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Overview,Security Groups,User Guide", @@ -1022,7 +1032,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0140323154.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"103", + "code":"104", "des":"Your account automatically comes with a default security group. The default security group allows all outbound traffic, denies all inbound traffic, and allows all traffic", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Default Security Group and Rules,Security Groups,User Guide", @@ -1032,7 +1042,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0140323152.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"104", + "code":"105", "des":"Common security group configuration examples are as follows: The following examples allow all outgoing data packets by default and only describe how to configure the inbo", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Security Group Configuration Examples,Security Groups,User Guide", @@ -1042,7 +1052,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0030878383.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"105", + "code":"106", "des":"Similar to firewall, a security group is a logical group used to control network access. You can define access rules for a security group to protect the ECSs that are add", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Configuring Security Group Rules,Security Groups,User Guide", @@ -1052,7 +1062,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0093492517.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"106", + "code":"107", "des":"To change the security group of an ECS NIC, perform the operations described in this section.Log in to the management console.Click in the upper left corner and select y", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Changing a Security Group,Security Groups,User Guide", @@ -1062,7 +1072,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0140313881.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"107", + "code":"108", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Passwords and Key Pairs", @@ -1072,7 +1082,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0031073513.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"108", + "code":"109", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Passwords", @@ -1082,7 +1092,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0035643949.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"109", + "code":"110", "des":"The password for logging in to your ECS is important and please keep it secure. You can reset the password if it is forgotten or expires.Table 1 provides guidance on how ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Application Scenarios for Using Passwords,Passwords,User Guide", @@ -1092,7 +1102,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0122627689.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"110", + "code":"111", "des":"This section describes how to change the password for logging in to an ECS when the password is about to expire, the password is forgotten, or you are logging in to the E", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Changing the Login Password on an ECS,Passwords,User Guide", @@ -1102,7 +1112,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0021426802.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"111", + "code":"112", "des":"You can reset your ECS password if:The password is forgotten.The password has expired.The method described in this section can only be used to change the password of a lo", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Resetting the Password for Logging In to a Windows ECS,Passwords,User Guide", @@ -1112,7 +1122,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0021427650.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"112", + "code":"113", "des":"Keep your password secure. Reset the password if:The password is forgotten.The password has expired.This section describes how to reset the password of user root. After r", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Resetting the Password for Logging In to a Linux ECS,Passwords,User Guide", @@ -1122,7 +1132,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001234175322.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"113", + "code":"114", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Key Pairs", @@ -1132,8 +1142,8 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001278335673.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"114", - "des":"Key pairs are a set of security credentials for identity authentication when you remotely log in to ECSs.A key pair consists of a public key and a private key. ECS stores", + "code":"115", + "des":"Key pairs are a set of security credentials for identity authentication when you remotely log in to ECSs.A key pair consists of a public key and a private key. Key Pair S", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Application Scenarios for Using Key Pairs,Key Pairs,User Guide", "title":"Application Scenarios for Using Key Pairs", @@ -1142,7 +1152,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001278350057.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"115", + "code":"116", "des":"You can use the management console to create a key pair. ECS stores the public key and you store the private key.Log in to the management console.Click in the upper left", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"(Recommended) Creating a Key Pair on the Management Console,Key Pairs,User Guide", @@ -1152,7 +1162,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001234335274.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"116", + "code":"117", "des":"You can use PuTTYgen to create a key pair and store the public key and private key locally.Key pairs created using puttygen.exe must be imported by referring to Importing", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Creating a Key Pair Using PuTTYgen,Key Pairs,User Guide", @@ -1162,7 +1172,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001278734873.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"117", + "code":"118", "des":"You need to import a key pair in either of the following scenarios:Create a key pair using PuTTYgen and import the public key to the ECS.Import the public key of an exist", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Importing a Key Pair,Key Pairs,User Guide", @@ -1172,7 +1182,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001234183498.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"118", + "code":"119", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Obtaining and Deleting the Password of an Windows ECS", @@ -1182,7 +1192,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0031107266.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"119", + "code":"120", "des":"Password authentication is required to log in to a Windows ECS. Therefore, you must use the key file used when you created the ECS to obtain the administrator password ge", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Obtaining the Password for Logging In to a Windows ECS,Obtaining and Deleting the Password of an Win", @@ -1192,7 +1202,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0031107267.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"120", + "code":"121", "des":"After you obtain the initial password, it is a good practice to delete it to ensure system security.Deleting the initial password does not affect ECS operation or login. ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Deleting the Initial Password for Logging In to a Windows ECS,Obtaining and Deleting the Password of", @@ -1202,7 +1212,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0183016706.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"121", + "code":"122", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Resources and Tags", @@ -1212,7 +1222,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0183019668.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"122", + "code":"123", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Tag Management", @@ -1222,7 +1232,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0092499768.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"123", + "code":"124", "des":"A tag identifies an ECS. Adding tags to an ECS facilitates ECS identification and management.You can add a tag to an ECS during the ECS creation or after the ECS creation", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Overview,Tag Management,User Guide", @@ -1232,7 +1242,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0183019669.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"124", + "code":"125", "des":"Tags are used to identify cloud resources, such as ECSs, images, and disks. If you have multiple types of cloud resources which are associated with each other, you can ad", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Adding Tags,Tag Management,User Guide", @@ -1242,7 +1252,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0183019670.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"125", + "code":"126", "des":"After tags are added to resources, you can search for resources by tag using either of the following methods.On the Elastic Cloud Server page, search for ECSs by tag key ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Searching for Resources by Tag,Tag Management,User Guide", @@ -1252,7 +1262,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0183019671.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"126", + "code":"127", "des":"If you no longer need a tag, delete it in any of the following ways:Deleting a Tag on the Page Providing Details About an ECSDeleting a Tag on the TMS ConsoleBatch Deleti", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Deleting a Tag,Tag Management,User Guide", @@ -1262,7 +1272,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001210881033.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"127", + "code":"128", "des":"Quotas can limit the number or amount of resources available to users, such as the maximum number of ECSs or EVS disks that can be created.If the existing resource quota ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Quota Adjustment,Resources and Tags,User Guide", @@ -1272,7 +1282,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0072987316.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"128", + "code":"129", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Monitoring", @@ -1282,8 +1292,8 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0027371529.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"129", - "des":"Monitoring is key for ensuring ECS performance, reliability, and availability. Using monitored data, you can determine ECS resource utilization. The cloud service platfor", + "code":"130", + "des":"Monitoring is key for ensuring ECS performance, reliability, and availability. Using monitored data, you can determine ECS resource utilization. The cloud platform provid", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Monitoring ECSs,Monitoring,User Guide", "title":"Monitoring ECSs", @@ -1292,7 +1302,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0030911465.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"130", + "code":"131", "des":"This section describes monitoring metrics reported by ECS to Cloud Eye. You can use Cloud Eye to view these metrics and alarms generated for ECSs.SYS.ECSECS metrics vary ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Basic ECS Metrics,Monitoring,User Guide", @@ -1302,7 +1312,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0027371531.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"131", + "code":"132", "des":"Setting ECS alarm rules allows you to customize the monitored objects and notification policies so that you can closely monitor your ECSs.This section describes how to se", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Setting Alarm Rules,Monitoring,User Guide", @@ -1312,8 +1322,8 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0027371530.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"132", - "des":"The public cloud platform provides Cloud Eye, which monitors the running statuses of your ECSs. You can obtain the monitoring metrics of each ECS on the management consol", + "code":"133", + "des":"The cloud platform provides Cloud Eye, which monitors the running statuses of your ECSs. You can obtain the monitoring metrics of each ECS on the management console.There", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing ECS Metrics,Monitoring,User Guide", "title":"Viewing ECS Metrics", @@ -1322,7 +1332,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0116266206.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"133", + "code":"134", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"CTS", @@ -1332,7 +1342,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0116266207.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"134", + "code":"135", "des":"CTS starts to record ECS operations after it is provisioned. You can view the operation records of the last seven days on the management console.This section describes ho", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Audit Logs,CTS,User Guide", @@ -1342,7 +1352,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0096170524.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"135", + "code":"136", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Troubleshooting", @@ -1352,7 +1362,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0094801708.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"136", + "code":"137", "des":"When you run the sudo command to switch to user root on an Ubuntu or Debian ECS, the system prompts connection timeout.Log in to the ECS.Run the following command to edit", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Can I Do If Switching from a Non-root User to User root Times Out?,Troubleshooting,User Guide", @@ -1362,7 +1372,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0107412162.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"137", + "code":"138", "des":"When installing the Python library software, you need to configure the PIP source. Take the official image source as an example:[root@test home]# cat /root/.pip/pip.conf ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Do If Error \"command ´gcc´ failed with exit status 1\" Occurs During PIP-based Software", @@ -1372,7 +1382,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0107490388.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"138", + "code":"139", "des":"When a user runs the wget command to download software packages, the download rate is far less than the bandwidth.The official PIP website is accessed using HTTPS. Each t", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Do If Packages Are Downloaded Using PIP or wget at a Low Rate?,Troubleshooting,User Gu", @@ -1382,7 +1392,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0117006217.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"139", + "code":"140", "des":"If an ECS requires a long period of time to start, you can change the default timeout to speed up the startup.Log in to the ECS.Run the following command to switch to use", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Handle Slow ECS Startup?,Troubleshooting,User Guide", @@ -1392,7 +1402,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001143214829.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"140", + "code":"141", "des":"This section describes how you can configure atop and kdump on Linux ECSs for performance analysis.The method for configuring atop varies with the OS version.atopIntroduc", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Configure atop and kdump on Linux ECSs for Performance Analysis?,Troubleshooting,User Guide", @@ -1402,7 +1412,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0013771101.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"141", + "code":"142", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"FAQs", @@ -1412,7 +1422,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0030930805.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"142", + "code":"143", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"ECS Overview", @@ -1422,7 +1432,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0013771102.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"143", + "code":"144", "des":"Do not upgrade ECS kernel or OS versions. If you want to upgrade the main OS version, for example, from CentOS 7.2 to Cent OS 7.3, use the provided OS changing function.D", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Are the Precautions for Using ECSs?,ECS Overview,User Guide", @@ -1432,7 +1442,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0018073214.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"144", + "code":"145", "des":"You can use ECSs just like traditional physical servers. On an ECS, you can deploy any service application, such as an email system, web system, and Enterprise Resource P", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Can I Do with ECSs?,ECS Overview,User Guide", @@ -1442,7 +1452,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0095020344.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"145", + "code":"146", "des":"Yes.ECSs run on physical hosts. Although there are multiple mechanisms to ensure system reliability, fault tolerance, and high availability, host hardware might be damage", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Can ECSs Automatically Recover After the Physical Host Accommodating the ECSs Becomes Faulty?,ECS Ov", @@ -1452,7 +1462,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0018073208.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"146", + "code":"147", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Creation and Deletion", @@ -1462,7 +1472,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0039524582.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"147", + "code":"148", "des":"After you created an ECS bound with an EIP on the management console, the ECS creation was successful but binding the EIP failed due to insufficient EIPs. Although the Fa", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Does the Failures Area Show an ECS Creation Failure But the ECS List Displays the Created ECS?,C", @@ -1472,7 +1482,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0102391480.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"148", + "code":"149", "des":"When you use a full-ECS image that was created using a CSBS backup to create ECSs, the process is time-consuming or the system displays a message indicating that the imag", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Does It Take Longer to Create ECSs When I Use a Full-ECS Image?,Creation and Deletion,User Guide", @@ -1482,7 +1492,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0018073212.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"149", + "code":"150", "des":"Obtaining an ECS can take as little as a few minutes.The time it takes to obtain an ECS depends on ECS specifications, available resources (such as EVS disks and EIPs), a", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Quickly Can I Obtain an ECS?,Creation and Deletion,User Guide", @@ -1492,7 +1502,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0018073218.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"150", + "code":"151", "des":"After you click Delete, the selected ECS is deleted. You can also choose to delete the EVS disk and EIP of the ECS. If you do not delete them, they will be retained. If n", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Happens After I Click the Delete Button?,Creation and Deletion,User Guide", @@ -1502,7 +1512,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0018073221.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"151", + "code":"152", "des":"No. ECSs in the Deleted state cannot provide services and are soon removed from the system.A deleted ECS is retained in the ECS list on the management console only for a ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Can a Deleted ECS Be Provisioned Again?,Creation and Deletion,User Guide", @@ -1512,7 +1522,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0029792884.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"152", + "code":"153", "des":"Yes. If an ECS remains in the Restarting or Stopping state for over 30 minutes after it is restarted, you can forcibly restart or stop the ECS as follows:Log in to the ma", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Can I Forcibly Restart or Stop an ECS?,Creation and Deletion,User Guide", @@ -1522,7 +1532,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0030930807.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"153", + "code":"154", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Login and Connection", @@ -1532,7 +1542,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0030932500.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"154", + "code":"155", "des":"During ECS login using VNC, changing the remote login keyboard language ensures only that characters entered in the VNC window for an ECS are correctly mapped. It does no", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Are Characters Entered Through VNC Still Incorrect After the Keyboard Language Is Switched?,Logi", @@ -1542,7 +1552,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0030932496.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"155", + "code":"156", "des":"Run the following command to change the OS keyboard language:loadkeyskeymapfilekeymapfile is the name of the file for the mapping between keys and displayed characters.Fo", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Do If I Cannot Use the German Keyboard to Enter Characters When I Log In to a Linux EC", @@ -1552,7 +1562,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0047624368.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"156", + "code":"157", "des":"If you use the MAC keyboard to enter German characters on your computer running MAC OS, uppercase characters can be entered properly after Caps Lock is enabled. However, ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Cannot I Use the MAC Keyboard to Enter Lowercase Characters When I Log In to an ECS Using VNC?,L", @@ -1562,7 +1572,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0030932497.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"157", + "code":"158", "des":"If your computer is running Windows 7 and you logged in to the ECS using Internet Explorer 10 or 11, click AltGr twice on the VNC page to activate the page.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Do If the Page Does not Respond After I Log In to an ECS Using VNC and Do Not Perform ", @@ -1572,7 +1582,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0030932499.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"158", + "code":"159", "des":"After you log in to an ECS using VNC and view data, for example, play videos or run the cat command to view large files, VNC may become unavailable due to the high memory", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Do If I Cannot View Data After Logging In to an ECS Using VNC?,Login and Connection,Us", @@ -1582,7 +1592,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0032850906.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"159", + "code":"160", "des":"Another user has logged in to this ECS using VNC.Only one user can log in to an ECS using VNC at a time. If multiple users attempt to log in to an ECS at the same time, o", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Does a Blank Screen Appear While the System Displays a Message Indicating Successful Authenticat", @@ -1592,7 +1602,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0244854543.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"160", + "code":"161", "des":"This section describes how to change a port for remote logins.The following procedure uses an ECS running Windows Server 2012 as an example. The default login port of a W", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Change a Remote Login Port?,Login and Connection,User Guide", @@ -1602,7 +1612,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0081525054.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"161", + "code":"162", "des":"A private key cannot be used to obtain the password for logging in to a Windows ECS that is authenticated using a key pair.The password fails to inject using Cloudbase-In", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Can't I Obtain the Password for Logging In to My Windows ECS Authenticated Using a Key Pair?,Log", @@ -1612,7 +1622,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0035233718.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"162", + "code":"163", "des":"When you use a browser to remotely log in to an ECS, ensure that the browser version meets the requirements listed in Table 1.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Browser Version Is Required to Remotely Log In to an ECS?,Login and Connection,User Guide", @@ -1622,7 +1632,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0100005619.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"163", + "code":"164", "des":"Two ECSs run the same OS, for example, both run Windows or Linux. The system disks attached to the two ECSs are exchanged offline. After the exchanging, the login keys of", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Log In to an ECS After Its System Disk Is Exchanged with That Attached to Another ECS Runn", @@ -1632,7 +1642,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0031736846.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"164", + "code":"165", "des":"Password authentication is required to log in to a Windows ECS. Therefore, you require a key file to obtain the initial password for logging in to the ECS. However, after", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Does the System Display a Message Indicating that the Password for Logging In to a Windows ECS C", @@ -1642,7 +1652,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0018339851.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"165", + "code":"166", "des":"When a local computer running Windows attempts to access a Windows ECS using RDP (for example, MSTSC), an identity authentication failure occurs and the desired function ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Does an Authentication Failure Occurs After I Attempt to Remotely Log In to a Windows ECS?,Login", @@ -1652,7 +1662,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0264235939.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"166", + "code":"167", "des":"An error message is displayed indicating that your local computer cannot connect to the remote computer.Port 3389 of the security group on the ECS is disabled. For detail", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Can't I Use the Local Computer to Connect to My Windows ECS?,Login and Connection,User Guide", @@ -1662,7 +1672,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0264235940.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"167", + "code":"168", "des":"When you connect a remote desktop to a Windows ECS, the system prompts that you need to be granted the right to sign in through Remote Desktop Services.Open the cmd windo", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Obtain the Permission to Remotely Log In to a Windows ECS?,Login and Connection,User Guide", @@ -1672,7 +1682,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0264235941.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"168", + "code":"169", "des":"An error message is displayed indicating that there are no Remote Desktop License Servers available to provide a license and asks you to contact the administrator.You hav", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Does the System Display No Remote Desktop License Servers Available to Provide a License When I ", @@ -1682,7 +1692,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0120795668.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"169", + "code":"170", "des":"When you log in to a Windows ECS, the system displays error code 0x112f.The ECS memory is insufficient.Method 1 (recommended)Modify the ECS specifications to increase the", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Does the System Display Error Code 0x112f When I Log In to a Windows ECS?,Login and Connection,U", @@ -1692,7 +1702,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0264235942.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"170", + "code":"171", "des":"The system displays an error message indicating that a protocol error (code: 0x1104) is detected when you use MSTSC to access an ECS running Windows Server 2008.Port 3389", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Does the System Display Error Code 0x1104 When I Log In to a Windows ECS?,Login and Connection,U", @@ -1702,7 +1712,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0264235943.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"171", + "code":"172", "des":"The system displays error 122.112... when you use RDC to locally access an ECS running Windows Server 2012. The ECS is frequently disconnected and the Windows login proce", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Does the System Display Error Code 122.112.. When I Log In to a Windows ECS?,Login and Connectio", @@ -1712,7 +1722,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0264235944.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"172", + "code":"173", "des":"When you use Microsoft Remote Desktop for Mac to remotely access a Windows ECS, the system displays invalid certificate or associated chain.Due to the particularity of th", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Does the System Display Invalid Certificate or Associated Chain When I Log In to a Windows ECS f", @@ -1722,7 +1732,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0264235945.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"173", + "code":"174", "des":"An error message is displayed indicating that the remote session will be disconnected because of a protocol error.The registry subkey Certificate is damaged.In the Run di", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Is My Remote Session Interrupted by a Protocol Error?,Login and Connection,User Guide", @@ -1732,7 +1742,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0264235946.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"174", + "code":"175", "des":"An error message is displayed indicating that the identity of the remote computer cannot be verified. You are required to enter the password and log in again.Security sof", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Am I Seeing an Error Message That Says Identity of Remote Computer Cannot be Verified When I Log", @@ -1742,7 +1752,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0264235947.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"175", + "code":"176", "des":"An error message is displayed indicating that the computer cannot connect to the remote computer in the amount of time allotted.On the local computer, click on the Start ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Am I Seeing An Error Message That Says The Two Computers Couldn't Be Connected in the Amount of ", @@ -1752,7 +1762,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0264235948.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"176", + "code":"177", "des":"An error message is displayed indicating that the connection is denied because the user account is not authorized for remote login.The remote desktop connection permissio", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Am I Seeing an Error Message That Says User Account is not Authorized for Remote Login When I Lo", @@ -1762,7 +1772,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0264235950.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"177", + "code":"178", "des":"An error message is displayed indicating that your remote desktop session has ended because another user has connected to the remote computer.Choose Start> Administrative", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Does My Remote Desktop Session End Because Another User Logs In When I Log In to a Windows ECS?,", @@ -1772,7 +1782,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0018124779.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"178", + "code":"179", "des":"An internal error is displayed when you log in to a Windows ECS and you fail to connect to the ECS remotely. Generally, this problem occurs because the Remote Desktop Ser", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Does an ECS Fail to Be Remotely Connected Using RDP and Internal Error Code 4 Is Displayed?,Logi", @@ -1782,7 +1792,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0240708482.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"179", + "code":"180", "des":"When you attempt to remotely log in to a Linux ECS, the system displays the error message \"Module is unknown\".To resolve this issue, restart the ECS and enter the rescue ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Am I Seeing the Error Message \"Module is unknown\" When I Remotely Log In to a Linux ECS?,Login a", @@ -1792,7 +1802,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0240708483.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"180", + "code":"181", "des":"When I attempted to remotely log in to a Linux ECS, the system displayed error Message \"Permission denied\".To resolve this issue, you are required to restart the ECS and ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Do If Error Message \"Permission denied\" Is Displayed When I Remotely Log In to a Linux", @@ -1802,7 +1812,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0240714337.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"181", + "code":"182", "des":"When I attempted to remotely log in to a Linux ECS, the system displayed error message \"read: Connection reset by peer\".The remote login port is not permitted in the secu", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Do If Error Message \"read: Connection reset by peer\" Is Displayed When I Remotely Log ", @@ -1812,7 +1822,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0277097520.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"182", + "code":"183", "des":"When you attempt to remotely log in to a Linux ECS, the system displays the error message \"Access denied\".Incorrect username or password.A policy that denies logins from ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Am I Seeing the Error Message \"Access denied\" When I Remotely Log In to a Linux ECS?,Login and C", @@ -1822,7 +1832,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0277132844.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"183", + "code":"184", "des":"When I attempted to remotely log in to a Linux ECS, the system displayed error message \"Disconnected: No supported authentication methods available\".A policy that denies ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Do If Error Message \"Disconnected: No supported authentication methods available\" Is D", @@ -1832,7 +1842,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0208808104.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"184", + "code":"185", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"ECS Management", @@ -1842,7 +1852,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0050735736.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"185", + "code":"186", "des":"The static hostname of a Linux ECS is user defined and injected using Cloud-Init during the ECS creation. Although the hostname can be changed by running the hostname com", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can a Changed Static Hostname Take Effect Permanently?,ECS Management,User Guide", @@ -1852,7 +1862,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0094874138.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"186", + "code":"187", "des":"Hostnames of ECSs created based on some types of images have the suffix .novalocal, whereas others do not.For example, the hostname is set to abc during ECS creation. Tab", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Is an ECS Hostname with Suffix .novalocal Normal?,ECS Management,User Guide", @@ -1862,7 +1872,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0214940105.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"187", + "code":"188", "des":"After you modify specifications of a Windows ECS, the disks may go offline. Therefore, you need to check the number of disks after you modify the specifications.Check whe", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Do the Disks of a Windows ECS Go Offline After I Modify the ECS Specifications?,ECS Management,U", @@ -1872,7 +1882,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0214940106.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"188", + "code":"189", "des":"After you modify specifications of a Linux ECS, disk attachment may fail. Therefore, you need to check the disk attachment after you modify the specifications.Log in to t", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Does the Disk Attachment of a Linux ECS Fail After I Modify the ECS Specifications?,ECS Manageme", @@ -1882,7 +1892,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0032398121.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"189", + "code":"190", "des":"This section helps you resolve the following issues:An error message was displayed on the management console after you performed ECS-related operations.An error code was ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Handle Error Messages Displayed on the Management Console?,ECS Management,User Guide", @@ -1892,7 +1902,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0088241338.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"190", + "code":"191", "des":"The system displays a question mark (?) when I attempt to obtain the console logs of an ECS.The image based on which the ECS was created supports viewing console logs. Ho", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Does the System Display a Question Mark When I Attempt to Obtain Console Logs?,ECS Management,Us", @@ -1902,7 +1912,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0018124788.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"191", + "code":"192", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"OS Management", @@ -1912,7 +1922,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0018078520.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"192", + "code":"193", "des":"You can install or upgrade ECS OSs provided on the cloud platform.When you create an ECS, you can select a public image or a private image created from a public image to ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Can I Install or Upgrade the OS of an ECS?,OS Management,User Guide", @@ -1922,7 +1932,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0018078522.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"193", + "code":"194", "des":"Yes, you can change the OS of an ECS.If the OS running on an ECS cannot meet service requirements, for example, a higher OS version is required, you can change the ECS OS", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Can I Change the OS of an ECS?,OS Management,User Guide", @@ -1932,7 +1942,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0101604511.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"194", + "code":"195", "des":"Typically, the process of changing the OS of an ECS takes about 1 to 2 minutes. Stop the ECS, click More in the Operation column, and select Change OS from the drop-down ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Long Does It Take to Change an ECS OS?,OS Management,User Guide", @@ -1942,8 +1952,8 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0024912311.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"195", - "des":"No. You can use only the original image of the ECS to reinstall the OS. You need to use a new image if you want to change the OS. For details, see Changing the OS.", + "code":"196", + "des":"No. You can use only the original image of the ECS to reinstall the OS. To use a new system image, see Changing the OS.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Can I Select Another OS During ECS OS Reinstallation?,OS Management,User Guide", "title":"Can I Select Another OS During ECS OS Reinstallation?", @@ -1952,7 +1962,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0101604512.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"196", + "code":"197", "des":"Typically, the process of reinstalling the OS of an ECS takes about 1 to 2 minutes. Stop the ECS, click More in the Operation column, and select Reinstall OS in the drop-", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Long Does It Take to Reinstall an ECS OS?,OS Management,User Guide", @@ -1962,7 +1972,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0018078523.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"197", + "code":"198", "des":"Windows ECSs are managed through a GUI but Linux ECSs are managed through the CLI. You can configure a GUI if required.Before installing a GUI on an ECS, ensure that the ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Do ECSs Support GUI?,OS Management,User Guide", @@ -1972,7 +1982,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0170135967.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"198", + "code":"199", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"File Upload/Data Transfer", @@ -1982,7 +1992,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0236302789.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"199", + "code":"200", "des":"File transfer toolInstall a file transfer tool, such as FileZilla on both the local computer and the Windows ECS and use it to transfer files.Install a file transfer tool", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Upload Files to My ECS?,File Upload/Data Transfer,User Guide", @@ -1992,8 +2002,8 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0166284970.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"200", - "des":"You want to transfer files from a local Windows computer to a Windows ECS through an MSTSC-based remote desktop connection.The target ECS is running.The ECS has an EIP bo", + "code":"201", + "des":"You want to transfer files from a local Windows computer to a Windows ECS through an MSTSC-based remote desktop connection.The target ECS is running.An EIP has been bound", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Transfer Files from a Local Windows Computer to a Windows ECS?,File Upload/Data Transfer,U", "title":"How Can I Transfer Files from a Local Windows Computer to a Windows ECS?", @@ -2002,7 +2012,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0166284971.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"201", + "code":"202", "des":"WinSCP can be used to securely copy-paste files across local and remote computers. Compared with FTP, WinSCP allows you to use a username and password to access the desti", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Use WinSCP to Transfer Files from a Local Windows Computer to a Linux ECS?,File Upload/Dat", @@ -2012,7 +2022,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0295091738.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"202", + "code":"203", "des":"This section describes how to use Microsoft Remote Desktop for Mac to transfer files from a local Mac to a Windows ECS.The remote access tool supported by Mac has been in", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Transfer Files from a Local Mac to a Windows ECS?,File Upload/Data Transfer,User Guide", @@ -2022,7 +2032,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0263796591.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"203", + "code":"204", "des":"You want to use SCP to transfer files between a local Linux computer and a Linux ECS.Log in to the management console. On the Elastic Cloud Server page, obtain the EIP bo", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Use SCP to Transfer Files Between a Local Linux Computer and a Linux ECS?,File Upload/Data", @@ -2032,7 +2042,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0170139796.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"204", + "code":"205", "des":"You want to use SFTP to transfer files between a local Linux computer and a Linux ECS. The following uses CentOS as an example.Log in to the ECS as user root.Run the foll", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Use SFTP to Transfer Files Between a Local Linux Computer and a Linux ECS?,File Upload/Dat", @@ -2042,8 +2052,8 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0263806053.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"205", - "des":"You want to use FTP to transfer files from a local Windows computer to an ECS.You have enabled FTP on the target ECS. If you have not enabled FTP, check the following lin", + "code":"206", + "des":"You want to use FTP to transfer files from a local Windows computer to an ECS.An EIP has been bound to the ECS and access to port 21 is allowed in the inbound direction o", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Use FTP to Transfer Files from a Local Windows Computer to a Windows or Linux ECS?,File Up", "title":"How Can I Use FTP to Transfer Files from a Local Windows Computer to a Windows or Linux ECS?", @@ -2052,7 +2062,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0263806054.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"206", + "code":"207", "des":"You want to use FTP on a local Linux computer to transfer files between the computer and a Linux ECS.You have enabled FTP on the target ECS. If you have not enabled FTP, ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Use FTP to Transfer Files Between a Local Linux Computer and a Linux ECS?,File Upload/Data", @@ -2062,7 +2072,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0170139797.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"207", + "code":"208", "des":"When I attempted to access the server from the client to upload a file using FTP, the connection timed out.The operations described in this section apply to FTP on local ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Do If the Connection Between the Client and the Server Times Out When I Upload a File ", @@ -2072,7 +2082,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0170139798.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"208", + "code":"209", "des":"When I attempted to upload a file using FTP, writing data failed. As a result, the file transfer failed.The operations described in this section apply to FTP on Windows E", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Do If Writing Data Failed When I Upload a File Using FTP?,File Upload/Data Transfer,Us", @@ -2082,7 +2092,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0247282819.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"209", + "code":"210", "des":"An error occurs when you open a folder on an FTP server. The system displays a message asking you to check permissions.The FTP firewall configured for the browser does no", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Am I Seeing an FTP Folder Error When I Open a Folder on an FTP Server?,File Upload/Data Transfer", @@ -2092,7 +2102,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001189572473.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"210", + "code":"211", "des":"Connecting to a Linux ECS using WinSCP fails, while using SSH tools like Xshell succeeds.If you can connect to a Linux ECS using SSH tools, the SSH tools run properly. Ch", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Do I Fail to Connect to a Linux ECS Using WinSCP?,File Upload/Data Transfer,User Guide", @@ -2102,7 +2112,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0208809314.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"211", + "code":"212", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"ECS Migration", @@ -2112,7 +2122,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0236308363.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"212", + "code":"213", "des":"After an ECS is created, it cannot be directly migrated to another region or account.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Can I Migrate an ECS to Another Region or Account?,ECS Migration,User Guide", @@ -2122,7 +2132,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0018124786.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"213", + "code":"214", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Disk Management", @@ -2132,7 +2142,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0251012483.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"214", + "code":"215", "des":"After logging in to my Windows ECS, I cannot find the attached data disk.Formatting a disk will cause data loss. Therefore, before formatting a disk, create a backup for ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Do If the Data Disk Attached a Windows ECS Is Unavailable?,Disk Management,User Guide", @@ -2142,7 +2152,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0076210995.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"215", + "code":"216", "des":"If the capacity of system disk partitions is inconsistent with the actual system disk capacity after an ECS is created, you can manually adjust the partitions to expand t", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Adjust System Disk Partitions?,Disk Management,User Guide", @@ -2152,7 +2162,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0087680813.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"216", + "code":"217", "des":"This section uses an ECS running Windows Server 2008 R2 64bit as an example to describe how to obtain the mapping between disk partitions and disk devices.Log in to the W", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Obtain the Mapping Between Disk Partitions and Disk Devices on a Windows ECS?,Disk Managem", @@ -2162,7 +2172,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0087901488.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"217", + "code":"218", "des":"For a Linux ECS, its disk partitions correspond to disk devices. This section uses a Linux ECS running Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 as an example to describe how to obtain ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Obtain the Mapping Between Disk Partitions and Disk Devices on a Linux ECS?,Disk Managemen", @@ -2172,8 +2182,8 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0120795802.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"218", - "des":"Enabling ECS virtual memory will deteriorate I/O performance. If the memory is insufficient, you are advised to expand the memory by Modifying ECS vCPU and Memory Specifi", + "code":"219", + "des":"Enabling ECS virtual memory will deteriorate I/O performance. If the memory size of an ECS is insufficient, you are advised to increase its memory size by referring to Mo", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Enable Virtual Memory on a Windows ECS?,Disk Management,User Guide", "title":"How Can I Enable Virtual Memory on a Windows ECS?", @@ -2182,7 +2192,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0093153741.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"219", + "code":"220", "des":"After you create an ECS, you run the free -m command to view the ECS memory. The ECS memory is less than the memory configured during ECS creation.An example is provided ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Is the Memory of an ECS Obtained by Running the free Command Inconsistent with the Actual Memory", @@ -2192,7 +2202,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0078300749.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"220", + "code":"221", "des":"If the capacity of system disk partitions is inconsistent with the actual system disk capacity after an ECS is created, you can add the empty partition to the root partit", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Add the Empty Partition of an Expanded System Disk to the End Root Partition Online?,Disk ", @@ -2202,7 +2212,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0078300750.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"221", + "code":"222", "des":"If the capacity of system disk partitions is inconsistent with the actual system disk capacity after an ECS is created, you can add the empty partition to the root partit", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Add the Empty Partition of an Expanded System Disk to the Non-end Root Partition Online?,D", @@ -2212,7 +2222,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0018073215.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"222", + "code":"223", "des":"Yes. The ECSs created after the disk function upgrade can have up to 60 attached disks.When you create an ECS, you can attach 24 disks to it.After you create an ECS, you ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Can I Attach Multiple Disks to an ECS?,Disk Management,User Guide", @@ -2222,7 +2232,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0040863659.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"223", + "code":"224", "des":"The EVS disk and the target ECS must be located in the same AZ.For a non-shared disk, the EVS disk must be in Available state.For a shared disk, the target EVS disk must ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Are the Requirements for Attaching an EVS Disk to an ECS?,Disk Management,User Guide", @@ -2232,7 +2242,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0077938284.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"224", + "code":"225", "des":"All types of ECSs can be attached with SCSI EVS disks.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Which ECSs Can Be Attached with SCSI EVS Disks?,Disk Management,User Guide", @@ -2242,7 +2252,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0103285575.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"225", + "code":"226", "des":"You find that the disk name displayed on the ECS OS is different from that displayed on the management console and you cannot determine which disk name is correct. This s", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Obtain My Disk Name in the ECS OS Using the Device Identifier Provided on the Console?,Disk", @@ -2252,7 +2262,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0152643976.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"226", + "code":"227", "des":"To restore data, a system disk snapshot of ECS A is used to create disk A. Then, disk A is attached to ECS B as a data disk. However, after ECS B is restarted, data disk ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Attach a Snapshot-based System Disk to an ECS as Its Data Disk?,Disk Management,User Guide", @@ -2262,7 +2272,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0087382187.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"227", + "code":"228", "des":"For a Linux ECS with a SCSI disk attached, if you have enabled automatic SCSI disk attachment upon ECS startup in /etc/fstab and the disk drive letter (for example, /dev/", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Does a Linux ECS with a SCSI Disk Attached Fails to Restart?,Disk Management,User Guide", @@ -2272,7 +2282,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0047272493.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"228", + "code":"229", "des":"The rights of users in a user group to use the encryption feature are as follows:The user who has security administrator rights can grant KMS access rights to EVS for usi", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Can All Users Use the Encryption Feature?,Disk Management,User Guide", @@ -2282,7 +2292,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0114225937.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"229", + "code":"230", "des":"A disk attached to a Windows ECS goes offline, and the system displays the message \"The disk is offline because of policy set by an administrator.\"Windows has three types", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Does a Disk Attached to a Windows ECS Go Offline?,Disk Management,User Guide", @@ -2292,8 +2302,8 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0240831198.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"230", - "des":"For a Linux ECS, the drive letter may change after an EVS disk is detached and then attached again, or after an EVS disk is detached and then the ECS is restarted.When an", + "code":"231", + "des":"For a Linux ECS, the drive letter may change after an EVS disk is detached and then attached again, or after an EVS disk is detached and then the ECS is restarted.When a ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Does the Disk Drive Letter Change After the ECS Is Restarted?,Disk Management,User Guide", "title":"Why Does the Disk Drive Letter Change After the ECS Is Restarted?", @@ -2302,7 +2312,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0029806525.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"231", + "code":"232", "des":"If you uninstall Tools from a Linux ECS in a non-PVOPS system, data disks cannot be identified. In such a case, you can create a new ECS and attach the data disks of the ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Obtain Data Disk Information If Tools Are Uninstalled?,Disk Management,User Guide", @@ -2312,7 +2322,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0087622835.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"232", + "code":"233", "des":"When a Linux ECS with an NVMe SSD disk attached, such as a P1 ECS, becomes faulty, you must contact the administrator to remotely create the ECS again for reconstruction.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Rectify the Fault That May Occur on a Linux ECS with an NVMe SSD Disk Attached?,Disk Manag", @@ -2322,7 +2332,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0105215483.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"233", + "code":"234", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Passwords and Key Pairs", @@ -2332,7 +2342,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0079176727.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"234", + "code":"235", "des":"If an ECS cannot be logged in because of expired image password, you can contact the administrator for handling.If the ECS can still be logged in, you can perform the fol", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Set the Validity Period of the Image Password?,Passwords and Key Pairs,User Guide", @@ -2342,7 +2352,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0081525053.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"235", + "code":"236", "des":"You have created multiple key pairs, and you are trying to find the key pair to log in to the target ECS.Log in to the management console.Click in the upper left corner ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Obtain the Key Pair Used by an ECS?,Passwords and Key Pairs,User Guide", @@ -2352,7 +2362,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0019883415.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"236", + "code":"237", "des":"If you use Internet Explorer 9 to access the management console, the key pair may fail to import. In this case, perform the following steps to modify browser settings and", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Do If a Key Pair Cannot Be Imported?,Passwords and Key Pairs,User Guide", @@ -2362,7 +2372,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0031734664.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"237", + "code":"238", "des":"When you use the key file created during your Linux ECS creation to log in to the ECS, the login fails.Possible causes vary depending on the image used to create the Linu", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Does the Login to My Linux ECS Using a Key File Fail?,Passwords and Key Pairs,User Guide", @@ -2372,7 +2382,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0047654687.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"238", + "code":"239", "des":"When you try to import a key pair that you created using puttygen.exe on the management console, the system displays a message indicating that the import failed.The forma", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Does a Key Pair Created Using puttygen.exe Fail to Be Imported on the Management Console?,Passwo", @@ -2382,7 +2392,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0037633087.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"239", + "code":"240", "des":"In Windows ECSs, cloudbase-init is the default account of the Cloudbase-Init agent program. It is used to obtain the metadata and execute configurations when the ECS star", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Is the cloudbase-init Account in Windows ECSs Used for?,Passwords and Key Pairs,User Guide", @@ -2392,7 +2402,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0118224527.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"240", + "code":"241", "des":"Take an ECS running CentOS 6.8 as an example. After Python was upgraded from 2.6 to 2.7, Cloud-Init did not work. Data, such as the login password, key, and hostname coul", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Do If Cloud-Init Does Not Work After Python Is Upgraded?,Passwords and Key Pairs,User ", @@ -2402,7 +2412,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0018124785.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"241", + "code":"242", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Network Configurations", @@ -2412,27 +2422,27 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0018073216.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"242", - "des":"You can bind multiple EIPs to an ECS. However, this configuration is not recommended.To bind multiple EIPs to an ECS, you must manually configure routes.Table 1 lists ECS", + "code":"243", + "des":"Multiple EIPs can be bound to an ECS, but this operation is not recommended.If you really need to bind multiple EIPs to an ECS, you must manually configure routing polici", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "kw":"Can I Bind Multiple EIPs to an ECS?,Network Configurations,User Guide", - "title":"Can I Bind Multiple EIPs to an ECS?", + "kw":"Can Multiple EIPs Be Bound to an ECS?,Network Configurations,User Guide", + "title":"Can Multiple EIPs Be Bound to an ECS?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"en-us_topic_0030013188.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"243", + "code":"244", "des":"Yes.Method 1: Configure a SNAT server.You can configure the SNAT server so that the ECS without an EIP bound can access the Internet.For details, see \"Configuring an SNAT", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "kw":"Can an ECS Without an EIP Access the Internet?,Network Configurations,User Guide", - "title":"Can an ECS Without an EIP Access the Internet?", + "kw":"Can an ECS Without an EIP Bound Access the Internet?,Network Configurations,User Guide", + "title":"Can an ECS Without an EIP Bound Access the Internet?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"en-us_topic_0105130172.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"244", + "code":"245", "des":"After you purchase an EIP and bind it to an ECS, the EIP cannot be pinged on a local server or other cloud servers.The following fault causes are sequenced based on their", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Can't an EIP Be Pinged?,Network Configurations,User Guide", @@ -2442,7 +2452,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0018078505.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"245", + "code":"246", "des":"You can remotely access an ECS but when you ping the EIP bound to the ECS, the ping operation fails.A desired inbound rule is not added for the security group, and ICMP i", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Can I Remotely Access an ECS But Cannot Ping It?,Network Configurations,User Guide", @@ -2452,7 +2462,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0025445670.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"246", + "code":"247", "des":"Based on test results, if the ECS runs CentOS 7.0, NICs added to the ECS cannot start automatically. You must start the NICs manually.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Will NICs Added to an ECS Start Automatically?,Network Configurations,User Guide", @@ -2462,7 +2472,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0058747426.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"247", + "code":"248", "des":"For high-performance H2 ECSs equipped with an InfiniBand NIC driver (InfiniBand ECSs for short), perform the following operations to check whether the driver installation", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Check Whether the Network Communication Is Normal Between Two ECSs Equipped with an Infini", @@ -2472,7 +2482,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0083225171.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"248", + "code":"249", "des":"IP over InfiniBand (IPoIB) allows IP data transmission over InfiniBand. For SUSE high-performance H2 and HL1 ECSs, if IPoIB is required, you must manually configure an IP", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Manually Configure an IP Address for an InfiniBand NIC?,Network Configurations,User Guide", @@ -2482,7 +2492,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0036068717.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"249", + "code":"250", "des":"The NIC equipped on a disk-intensive or large-memory ECS does not work.The NIC driver has not been correctly installed.Disk-intensive and large-memory ECSs use passthroug", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Is the NIC Not Working?,Network Configurations,User Guide", @@ -2492,7 +2502,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0053287548.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"250", + "code":"251", "des":"When the 20.4.1 driver package downloaded at Intel website https://downloadcenter.intel.com/search?keyword=Intel++Ethernet+Connections+CD was installed in a Windows 7 64b", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Handle the Issue that a Windows 7 ECS Equipped with an Intel 82599 NIC Reports an Error in", @@ -2502,7 +2512,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001138811177.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"251", + "code":"252", "des":"The security group of the Linux ECS has been configured based on the prerequisites in Obtaining Metadata in the outbound direction, but the ECS still cannot obtain the me", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Can't My Linux ECS Obtain Metadata?,Network Configurations,User Guide", @@ -2512,7 +2522,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0101604506.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"252", + "code":"253", "des":"This section describes how to obtain the MAC address of an ECS.The MAC address of an ECS cannot be changed.Log in to the Linux ECS.Run the following command to view the M", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Obtain the MAC Address of My ECS?,Network Configurations,User Guide", @@ -2522,7 +2532,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0115820205.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"253", + "code":"254", "des":"Use netperf and iperf3 to test network performance between ECSs. The test operations include preparations, TCP bandwidth test, UDP PPS test, and latency test.Tested ECS: ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Test Network Performance?,Network Configurations,User Guide", @@ -2532,7 +2542,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0105130173.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"254", + "code":"255", "des":"You attempt to use DHCP to obtain a private IP address, but you cannot obtain the IP address.For Linux, a private IP address cannot be assigned.For Windows, a private IP ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Can't I Use DHCP to Obtain a Private IP Address?,Network Configurations,User Guide", @@ -2542,7 +2552,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0107659745.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"255", + "code":"256", "des":"Modify the kernel parameters only if the parameter settings affect your services. Kernel parameters vary depending on OS versions. If the parameter settings must be modif", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I View and Modify Kernel Parameters of a Linux ECS?,Network Configurations,User Guide", @@ -2552,7 +2562,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0101604507.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"256", + "code":"257", "des":"It is expected that the EIP and port on ECS 1 accessed from the Internet can be automatically redirected to the EIP and port on ECS 2.For example, to redirect port 8080 o", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Configure Port Redirection?,Network Configurations,User Guide", @@ -2562,7 +2572,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0018078501.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"257", + "code":"258", "des":"No. The ECSs of different accounts cannot communicate with each other over an intranet.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Can the ECSs of Different Accounts Communicate over an Intranet?,Network Configurations,User Guide", @@ -2572,7 +2582,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0018078503.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"258", + "code":"259", "des":"You can customize your network to deploy the ECSs. Therefore, whether they are in the same subnet is totally up to you.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Will ECSs That I Purchased Deployed in the Same Subnet?,Network Configurations,User Guide", @@ -2582,7 +2592,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0208809315.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"259", + "code":"260", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Resource Management and Tags", @@ -2592,7 +2602,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0101604501.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"260", + "code":"261", "des":"Log in to the management console.Select the region where the ECS is located.Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.Click the name of the target ECS.The page providin", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Create and Delete Tags and Search for ECSs by Tag?,Resource Management and Tags,User Guide", @@ -2602,7 +2612,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0208809316.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"261", + "code":"262", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Resource Monitoring", @@ -2612,7 +2622,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0167429328.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"262", + "code":"263", "des":"If your Windows ECS runs slowly or is inaccessible unexpectedly, the bandwidth or vCPU usage of the ECS may be excessively high. If you have created an alarm rule using C", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Is My Windows ECS Running Slowly?,Resource Monitoring,User Guide", @@ -2622,7 +2632,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0167429329.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"263", + "code":"264", "des":"If your Linux ECS runs slowly or is inaccessible unexpectedly, the bandwidth or vCPU usage of the ECS may be excessively high. If you have created an alarm rule using Clo", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Is My Linux ECS Running Slowly?,Resource Monitoring,User Guide", @@ -2632,7 +2642,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0018124789.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"264", + "code":"265", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Database Applications", @@ -2642,7 +2652,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0018078507.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"265", + "code":"266", "des":"Yes. There is no limitation on this operation. You can deploy a database of any type on an ECS.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Can a Database Be Deployed on an ECS?,Database Applications,User Guide", @@ -2652,7 +2662,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0018078509.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"266", + "code":"267", "des":"Yes. You are advised to perform a performance test beforehand to ensure that the Oracle database can meet your requirements.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Does an ECS Support Oracle Databases?,Database Applications,User Guide", @@ -2662,7 +2672,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0041169567.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"267", + "code":"268", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Change History,User Guide", @@ -2672,7 +2682,7 @@ { "uri":"en-us_topic_0047898078.html", "product_code":"ecs", - "code":"268", + "code":"269", "des":"For details about the terms involved in this document, see Glossary.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Glossary,User Guide", diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/CLASS.TXT.json b/docs/ecs/umn/CLASS.TXT.json index c2595e4fd..866eea90f 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/CLASS.TXT.json +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/CLASS.TXT.json @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ "code":"6" }, { - "desc":"The public cloud provides the following ECS types for different application scenarios:General-purposeDedicated general-purposeMemory-optimizedLarge-memoryDisk-intensiveHi", + "desc":"The cloud platform provides the following ECS types for different application scenarios:General-purposeDedicated general-purposeMemory-optimizedLarge-memoryDisk-intensive", "product_code":"ecs", "title":"ECS Types", "uri":"en-us_topic_0035470096.html", @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ "code":"9" }, { - "desc":"General-purpose ECSs provide a balance of computing, memory, and network resources and a baseline level of vCPU performance with the ability to burst above the baseline. ", + "desc":"General-purpose ECSs provide a balance of compute, memory, and network resources and a baseline level of vCPU performance with the ability to burst above the baseline. Th", "product_code":"ecs", "title":"General-Purpose ECSs", "uri":"en-us_topic_0035470101.html", @@ -125,6 +125,15 @@ "p_code":"8", "code":"14" }, + { + "desc":"Ultra-high I/O ECSs use high-performance local NVMe SSDs to provide high storage input/output operations per second (IOPS) and low read/write latency. You can create such", + "product_code":"ecs", + "title":"Ultra-high I/O ECSs", + "uri":"en-us_topic_0094118976.html", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "p_code":"8", + "code":"15" + }, { "desc":"H2 ECSs are designed to meet high-end computational needs, such as molecular modeling and computational fluid dynamics. In addition to the substantial CPU power, the H2 E", "product_code":"ecs", @@ -132,7 +141,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0035470100.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"8", - "code":"15" + "code":"16" }, { "desc":"GPU-accelerated ECSs provide outstanding floating-point computing capabilities. They are suitable for applications that require real-time, highly concurrent massive compu", @@ -141,7 +150,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0097289624.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"8", - "code":"16" + "code":"17" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -150,7 +159,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001351167793.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"1", - "code":"17" + "code":"18" }, { "desc":"An image is an ECS template that contains an OS and may also contain proprietary software and application software, such as database software. You can use images to creat", @@ -158,8 +167,8 @@ "title":"Image Types", "uri":"en-us_topic_0030828254.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"17", - "code":"18" + "p_code":"18", + "code":"19" }, { "desc":"Cloud-Init is an open-source cloud initialization program, which initializes some of the customized configurations of a newly created ECS, such as the hostname, key pair,", @@ -167,8 +176,8 @@ "title":"Cloud-Init", "uri":"en-us_topic_0048642616.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"17", - "code":"19" + "p_code":"18", + "code":"20" }, { "desc":"Elastic Volume Service (EVS) offers scalable block storage for ECSs. With high reliability, high performance, and rich specifications, EVS disks can be used for distribut", @@ -177,7 +186,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0030828256.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"1", - "code":"20" + "code":"21" }, { "desc":"Cloud Backup and Recovery (CBR) enables you to back up cloud servers and disks with ease. In case of a virus attack, accidental deletion, or software or hardware fault, y", @@ -186,7 +195,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001174675379.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"1", - "code":"21" + "code":"22" }, { "desc":"Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) allows you to create customized virtual networks in your logically isolated AZ. Such networks are dedicated zones that are logically isolated,", @@ -195,7 +204,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0030828257.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"1", - "code":"22" + "code":"23" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -204,25 +213,25 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0092435778.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"1", - "code":"23" + "code":"24" }, { - "desc":"User encryption allows you to use the encryption feature provided on the public cloud platform to encrypt ECS resources, improving data security. User encryption includes", + "desc":"User encryption allows you to use the encryption feature provided on the cloud platform to encrypt ECS resources, improving data security. User encryption includes image ", "product_code":"ecs", "title":"User Encryption", "uri":"en-us_topic_0046912051.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"23", - "code":"24" + "p_code":"24", + "code":"25" }, { - "desc":"You can use the license provided by the public cloud platform. After creating an ECS with a license authorized, you can use the authorized OS. The platform manages licens", + "desc":"You can use OS licenses provided by the cloud platform. After creating an ECS with a license authorized, you can use the authorized OS. The platform manages license compl", "product_code":"ecs", "title":"License Type", "uri":"en-us_topic_0046566932.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"23", - "code":"25" + "p_code":"24", + "code":"26" }, { "desc":"A project groups and isolates OpenStack computing, storage, and network resources. A project can be a department or a team.Multiple projects can be created for one accoun", @@ -230,8 +239,8 @@ "title":"Project", "uri":"en-us_topic_0070518971.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"23", - "code":"26" + "p_code":"24", + "code":"27" }, { "desc":"Two types of permissions are provided by default: user management and resource management.User management refers to the management of users, user groups, and user group r", @@ -240,7 +249,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0054121392.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"1", - "code":"27" + "code":"28" }, { "desc":"A region and availability zone (AZ) identify the location of a data center. You can create resources in a specific region and AZ.A region is a physical data center, which", @@ -249,7 +258,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0186645877.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"1", - "code":"28" + "code":"29" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -258,7 +267,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0013771105.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"29" + "code":"30" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -266,17 +275,17 @@ "title":"Creating an ECS", "uri":"en-us_topic_0021831611.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"29", - "code":"30" + "p_code":"30", + "code":"31" }, { - "desc":"ECSs are more cost-effective than physical servers. Within minutes, you can obtain ECS resources from the public cloud. ECS resources are flexible and on-demand. This sec", + "desc":"ECSs are more cost-effective than physical servers. Within minutes, you can obtain ECS resources from the cloud service platform. ECS resources are flexible and on-demand", "product_code":"ecs", "title":"Overview", "uri":"en-us_topic_0163572588.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"30", - "code":"31" + "p_code":"31", + "code":"32" }, { "desc":"Log in to the management console.Click in the upper left corner and select your region and project.Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.Click Create ECS.The page ", @@ -284,8 +293,8 @@ "title":"Step 1: Configure Basic Settings", "uri":"en-us_topic_0163572589.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"30", - "code":"32" + "p_code":"31", + "code":"33" }, { "desc":"Set Network by selecting an available VPC and subnet from the drop-down list and specifying a private IP address assignment mode.VPC provides a dedicated network for your", @@ -293,8 +302,8 @@ "title":"Step 2: Configure Network", "uri":"en-us_topic_0163572590.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"30", - "code":"33" + "p_code":"31", + "code":"34" }, { "desc":"Set ECS Name.The name can be customized but can contain only letters, digits, underscores (_), hyphens (-), and periods (.).If you want to create multiple ECSs at a time,", @@ -302,8 +311,8 @@ "title":"Step 3: Configure Advanced Settings", "uri":"en-us_topic_0163572591.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"30", - "code":"34" + "p_code":"31", + "code":"35" }, { "desc":"On the Confirm page, view details about the ECS configuration.To learn more about the price, click Pricing details.To learn more about the price, click Pricing details.Se", @@ -311,8 +320,8 @@ "title":"Step 4: Confirm", "uri":"en-us_topic_0163572592.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"30", - "code":"35" + "p_code":"31", + "code":"36" }, { "desc":"You can log in to a Windows ECS using either VNC or MSTSC provided on the management console.Obtain the password.Use the password obtaining function provided by the manag", @@ -320,8 +329,8 @@ "title":"Logging In to an ECS", "uri":"en-us_topic_0092494193.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"29", - "code":"36" + "p_code":"30", + "code":"37" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -329,8 +338,8 @@ "title":"Initializing EVS Data Disks", "uri":"en-us_topic_0030831989.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"29", - "code":"37" + "p_code":"30", + "code":"38" }, { "desc":"If you have added a data disk during ECS creation, you must initialize the data disk after logging in to the ECS.After a disk is attached to a server, you need to log in ", @@ -338,8 +347,8 @@ "title":"Scenarios and Disk Partitions", "uri":"en-us_topic_0030831623.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"37", - "code":"38" + "p_code":"38", + "code":"39" }, { "desc":"This section uses Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise 64bit to describe how to initialize a data disk attached to a server running Windows.The maximum disk capacity support", @@ -347,8 +356,8 @@ "title":"Initializing a Windows Data Disk (Windows Server 2008)", "uri":"en-us_topic_0085634796.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"37", - "code":"39" + "p_code":"38", + "code":"40" }, { "desc":"This section uses Windows Server 2019 Standard 64bit to describe how to initialize a data disk attached to a server running Windows.The maximum disk capacity supported by", @@ -356,8 +365,8 @@ "title":"Initializing a Windows Data Disk (Windows Server 2019)", "uri":"en-us_topic_0117490178.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"37", - "code":"40" + "p_code":"38", + "code":"41" }, { "desc":"This section uses CentOS 7.4 64bit to describe how to initialize a data disk attached to a server running Linux and use fdisk to partition the data disk.The maximum parti", @@ -365,8 +374,8 @@ "title":"Initializing a Linux Data Disk (fdisk)", "uri":"en-us_topic_0085634797.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"37", - "code":"41" + "p_code":"38", + "code":"42" }, { "desc":"This section uses CentOS 7.4 64bit to describe how to initialize a data disk attached to a server running Linux and use parted to partition the data disk.The maximum part", @@ -374,8 +383,8 @@ "title":"Initializing a Linux Data Disk (parted)", "uri":"en-us_topic_0085634798.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"37", - "code":"42" + "p_code":"38", + "code":"43" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -384,7 +393,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0013771097.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"43" + "code":"44" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -392,8 +401,8 @@ "title":"Viewing ECS Information", "uri":"en-us_topic_0030893661.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"43", - "code":"44" + "p_code":"44", + "code":"45" }, { "desc":"After submitting the request for creating an ECS, you can view the creation status. This section describes how to view the creation status of an ECS.Log in to the managem", @@ -401,8 +410,8 @@ "title":"Viewing ECS Creation Statuses", "uri":"en-us_topic_0039588795.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"44", - "code":"45" + "p_code":"45", + "code":"46" }, { "desc":"The Failures area shows the tasks that failed due to an error, including the task name and status. Failures is displayed on the management console if a task failed. This ", @@ -410,8 +419,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Failures", "uri":"en-us_topic_0108255889.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"44", - "code":"46" + "p_code":"45", + "code":"47" }, { "desc":"After obtaining ECSs, you can view and manage them on the management console. This section describes how to view detailed ECS configurations, including its name, image, s", @@ -419,8 +428,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Details About an ECS", "uri":"en-us_topic_0017130261.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"44", - "code":"47" + "p_code":"45", + "code":"48" }, { "desc":"The information of all ECSs under your account can be exported in CSV format to a local directory. The file records the IDs, private IP addresses, and EIPs of your ECSs.L", @@ -428,8 +437,8 @@ "title":"Exporting ECS Information", "uri":"en-us_topic_0060610074.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"44", - "code":"48" + "p_code":"45", + "code":"49" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -437,8 +446,8 @@ "title":"Logging In to a Windows ECS", "uri":"en-us_topic_0030888079.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"43", - "code":"49" + "p_code":"44", + "code":"50" }, { "desc":"Only a running ECS can be logged in.Login usernames, passwords, and constraints vary depending on OSs running on the ECSs created using a public image. For details, see P", @@ -446,8 +455,8 @@ "title":"Login Overview", "uri":"en-us_topic_0092494943.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"49", - "code":"50" + "p_code":"50", + "code":"51" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to use VNC provided on the management console to log in to an ECS. This function applies to emergency O&M. In other scenarios, you are advised ", @@ -455,8 +464,8 @@ "title":"Login Using VNC", "uri":"en-us_topic_0027268511.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"49", - "code":"51" + "p_code":"50", + "code":"52" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to use the remote login tool MSTSC to log in to a Windows ECS from a local computer.The target ECS is running.You have obtained the password fo", @@ -464,8 +473,8 @@ "title":"Login Using MSTSC", "uri":"en-us_topic_0017955381.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"49", - "code":"52" + "p_code":"50", + "code":"53" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to log in to a Windows ECS from a Linux computer.The target ECS is running.You have bound an EIP to the ECS.Access to port 3389 is allowed in t", @@ -473,8 +482,8 @@ "title":"Logging In to a Windows ECS from a Linux Computer", "uri":"en-us_topic_0275383051.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"49", - "code":"53" + "p_code":"50", + "code":"54" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -482,8 +491,8 @@ "title":"Logging In to a Linux ECS", "uri":"en-us_topic_0030831990.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"43", - "code":"54" + "p_code":"44", + "code":"55" }, { "desc":"Only a running ECS can be logged in.For ECSs created using public images, login usernames, passwords, and constraints vary depending on OSs running on the ECSs. For detai", @@ -491,8 +500,8 @@ "title":"Login Overview", "uri":"en-us_topic_0013771089.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"54", - "code":"55" + "p_code":"55", + "code":"56" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to use VNC provided on the management console to log in to an ECS. This function applies to emergency O&M. In other scenarios, you are advised ", @@ -500,26 +509,26 @@ "title":"Login Using VNC", "uri":"en-us_topic_0093263550.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"54", - "code":"56" + "p_code":"55", + "code":"57" }, { - "desc":"This section describes how to remotely log in to a Linux ECS using an SSH key pair from Windows and Linux, respectively.You have obtained the private key file used for cr", + "desc":"This section describes how to remotely log in to a Linux ECS using an SSH key pair from a Windows and a Linux server, respectively.You have obtained the private key file ", "product_code":"ecs", "title":"Login Using an SSH Key", "uri":"en-us_topic_0017955380.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"54", - "code":"57" + "p_code":"55", + "code":"58" }, { - "desc":"This section describes how to remotely log in to a Linux ECS using an SSH password from Windows and Linux, respectively.Logging in to a Linux ECS using SSH password authe", + "desc":"This section describes how to remotely log in to a Linux ECS using an SSH password from a Windows and a Linux server, respectively.Logging in to a Linux ECS using SSH pas", "product_code":"ecs", "title":"Login Using an SSH Password", "uri":"en-us_topic_0017955633.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"54", - "code":"58" + "p_code":"55", + "code":"59" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -527,8 +536,8 @@ "title":"Managing ECSs", "uri":"en-us_topic_0176502615.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"43", - "code":"59" + "p_code":"44", + "code":"60" }, { "desc":"The name of a created ECS can be changed to meet your service requirements.Multiple ECS names can be changed in a batch. After the change, the ECS names are the same.Log ", @@ -536,8 +545,8 @@ "title":"Changing an ECS Name", "uri":"en-us_topic_0142266317.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"59", - "code":"60" + "p_code":"60", + "code":"61" }, { "desc":"If the OS of an ECS fails to start or requires optimization, reinstall the OS.After the OS is reinstalled, the IP and MAC addresses of the ECS remain unchanged.Reinstalli", @@ -545,8 +554,8 @@ "title":"Reinstalling the OS", "uri":"en-us_topic_0024911405.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"59", - "code":"61" + "p_code":"60", + "code":"62" }, { "desc":"Changing an ECS OS will change the system disk attached to the ECS. After the changing, the system disk ID of the ECS will be changed, and the original system disk will b", @@ -554,8 +563,8 @@ "title":"Changing the OS", "uri":"en-us_topic_0031523135.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"59", - "code":"62" + "p_code":"60", + "code":"63" }, { "desc":"An ECS group allows you to create ECSs on different hosts, thereby improving service reliability. This function does not apply to existing ECSs. You cannot add existing E", @@ -563,8 +572,8 @@ "title":"Managing ECS Groups", "uri":"en-us_topic_0032980085.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"59", - "code":"63" + "p_code":"60", + "code":"64" }, { "desc":"The default time zone for an ECS is the one you selected when creating the image that was used to create the ECS. This section describes how to change the time zone for a", @@ -572,8 +581,8 @@ "title":"Changing the Time Zone for an ECS", "uri":"en-us_topic_0040630518.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"59", - "code":"64" + "p_code":"60", + "code":"65" }, { "desc":"When an ECS cannot start or run properly, you can download and view ECS console logs for troubleshooting, for example, checking whether the kernel and service configurati", @@ -581,8 +590,8 @@ "title":"Obtaining ECS Console Logs", "uri":"en-us_topic_0057711189.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"59", - "code":"65" + "p_code":"60", + "code":"66" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -590,8 +599,8 @@ "title":"Modifying ECS vCPU and Memory Specifications", "uri":"en-us_topic_0030828258.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"43", - "code":"66" + "p_code":"44", + "code":"67" }, { "desc":"If ECS specifications do not meet service requirements, you can modify the ECS specifications, including vCPUs and memory. Certain ECSs allow you to change their types wh", @@ -599,8 +608,8 @@ "title":"General Operations for Modifying Specifications", "uri":"en-us_topic_0013771092.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"66", - "code":"67" + "p_code":"67", + "code":"68" }, { "desc":"ECSs can be migrated between DeHs and public resource pools.An ECS created on a DeH can be migrated to another DeH.An ECS created on a DeH can be migrated to a public res", @@ -608,8 +617,8 @@ "title":"Migrating an ECS", "uri":"en-us_topic_0133365988.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"43", - "code":"68" + "p_code":"44", + "code":"69" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -617,8 +626,8 @@ "title":"Obtaining Metadata and Passing User Data", "uri":"en-us_topic_0140313879.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"43", - "code":"69" + "p_code":"44", + "code":"70" }, { "desc":"ECS metadata includes basic information of an ECS on the cloud platform, such as the ECS ID, hostname, and network information. ECS metadata can be obtained using either ", @@ -626,8 +635,8 @@ "title":"Obtaining Metadata", "uri":"en-us_topic_0042400609.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"69", - "code":"70" + "p_code":"70", + "code":"71" }, { "desc":"Use the User Data function to pass user data to ECSs to:Simplify ECS configuration.Initialize the ECS OS configuration.Upload your scripts to ECSs during ECS creation.Per", @@ -635,8 +644,8 @@ "title":"Passing User Data to ECSs", "uri":"en-us_topic_0032380449.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"69", - "code":"71" + "p_code":"70", + "code":"72" }, { "desc":"ECSs in the same VPC can communicate with each other using hostnames. In such a case, you are required to configure the mapping between hostnames and IP addresses. The co", @@ -644,8 +653,8 @@ "title":"(Optional) Configuring Mapping Between Hostnames and IP Addresses", "uri":"en-us_topic_0074752335.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"43", - "code":"72" + "p_code":"44", + "code":"73" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -653,8 +662,8 @@ "title":"(Optional) Installing a Driver and Toolkit", "uri":"en-us_topic_0133513874.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"43", - "code":"73" + "p_code":"44", + "code":"74" }, { "desc":"Before using a GPU-accelerated ECS, make sure that a GPU driver has been installed on the ECS for GPU acceleration.GPU-accelerated ECSs support GRID and Tesla drivers.To ", @@ -662,8 +671,8 @@ "title":"GPU Driver", "uri":"en-us_topic_0234802636.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"73", - "code":"74" + "p_code":"74", + "code":"75" }, { "desc":"To use graphics acceleration, such as OpenGL, DirectX, or Vulkan, install a GRID driver and separately purchase and configure a GRID license. The GRID driver with a vDWS ", @@ -671,8 +680,8 @@ "title":"Installing a GRID Driver on a GPU-accelerated ECS", "uri":"en-us_topic_0149610914.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"73", - "code":"75" + "p_code":"74", + "code":"76" }, { "desc":"Before using a GPU-accelerated ECS, make sure that the desired Tesla driver and CUDA toolkit have been installed on the ECS for computing acceleration.A computing-acceler", @@ -680,8 +689,8 @@ "title":"Installing a Tesla Driver and CUDA Toolkit on a GPU-accelerated ECS", "uri":"en-us_topic_0149470468.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"73", - "code":"76" + "p_code":"74", + "code":"77" }, { "desc":"Before using a GPU-accelerated ECS, make sure that the desired Tesla driver and CUDA toolkit have been installed on the ECS. Otherwise, computing acceleration will not ta", @@ -689,8 +698,8 @@ "title":"Obtaining a Tesla Driver and CUDA Toolkit", "uri":"en-us_topic_0213874991.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"73", - "code":"77" + "p_code":"74", + "code":"78" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -699,7 +708,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0177457774.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"78" + "code":"79" }, { "desc":"An image is an ECS or BMS template that contains an OS or service data and may also contain proprietary software and application software, such as database software. Imag", @@ -707,8 +716,8 @@ "title":"Overview", "uri":"en-us_topic_0177457773.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"78", - "code":"79" + "p_code":"79", + "code":"80" }, { "desc":"You can use an existing ECS to create a system disk image, data disk image, and full-ECS image.System disk image: contains an OS and application software for running serv", @@ -716,8 +725,8 @@ "title":"Creating an Image", "uri":"en-us_topic_0101604508.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"78", - "code":"80" + "p_code":"79", + "code":"81" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -726,7 +735,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0092499770.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"81" + "code":"82" }, { "desc":"If the existing disks of an ECS fail to meet service requirements, for example, due to insufficient disk space or poor disk performance, you can attach more available EVS", @@ -734,8 +743,8 @@ "title":"Attaching an EVS Disk to an ECS", "uri":"en-us_topic_0096293655.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"81", - "code":"82" + "p_code":"82", + "code":"83" }, { "desc":"An EVS disk attached to an ECS can function as a system disk or data disk.EVS disks mounted to /dev/sda or /dev/vda function as system disks. You can only detach system d", @@ -743,8 +752,8 @@ "title":"Detaching an EVS Disk from a Running ECS", "uri":"en-us_topic_0036046828.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"81", - "code":"83" + "p_code":"82", + "code":"84" }, { "desc":"When your disk capacity is insufficient, you can handle the insufficiency by expanding the disk capacity.The capacity of an EVS disk can be expanded in either of the foll", @@ -752,8 +761,8 @@ "title":"Expanding the Capacity of an EVS Disk", "uri":"en-us_topic_0093492522.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"81", - "code":"84" + "p_code":"82", + "code":"85" }, { "desc":"Disk-intensive ECSs can use both local disks and EVS disks to store data. Local disks are generally used to store service data and feature higher throughput than EVS disk", @@ -761,8 +770,8 @@ "title":"Expanding the Local Disks of a Disk-intensive ECS", "uri":"en-us_topic_0037470901.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"81", - "code":"85" + "p_code":"82", + "code":"86" }, { "desc":"Disk functions have been upgraded on the platform. Newly created ECSs can have up to 60 attached disks. However, an existing ECS can still have a maximum of 24 attached d", @@ -770,8 +779,8 @@ "title":"Enabling Advanced Disk", "uri":"en-us_topic_0122307169.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"81", - "code":"86" + "p_code":"82", + "code":"87" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -780,7 +789,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0096304614.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"87" + "code":"88" }, { "desc":"Cloud Backup and Recovery (CBR) enables you to back up cloud servers and disks with ease. In case of a virus attack, accidental deletion, or software or hardware fault, y", @@ -788,17 +797,17 @@ "title":"Overview", "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001128445638.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"87", - "code":"88" + "p_code":"88", + "code":"89" }, { - "desc":"CBR enhances data integrity and service continuity. For example, if an ECS or a EVS disk is faulty or a misoperation causes data loss, you can use data backups to quickly", + "desc":"CBR enhances data integrity and service continuity. For example, if an ECS or EVS disk is faulty or a misoperation causes data loss, you can use data backups to quickly r", "product_code":"ecs", "title":"Backing Up ECS Data", "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001128604648.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"87", - "code":"89" + "p_code":"88", + "code":"90" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -807,7 +816,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0092497777.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"90" + "code":"91" }, { "desc":"If multiple NICs are required by your ECS, you can add them to your ECS. To add a NIC to the ECS, perform the following operations:Log in to the management console.Click ", @@ -815,8 +824,8 @@ "title":"Adding a NIC", "uri":"en-us_topic_0093492518.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"90", - "code":"91" + "p_code":"91", + "code":"92" }, { "desc":"An ECS can have up to 12 NICs, including one primary NIC that cannot be deleted and extension NICs. This section describes how to delete an extension NIC.Log in to the ma", @@ -824,8 +833,8 @@ "title":"Deleting a NIC", "uri":"en-us_topic_0093492519.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"90", - "code":"92" + "p_code":"91", + "code":"93" }, { "desc":"You can modify the private IP address of the primary NIC. If you want to modify the private IP address of an extension NIC, delete the NIC and attach a new NIC.The ECS mu", @@ -833,8 +842,8 @@ "title":"Modifying a Private IP Address", "uri":"en-us_topic_0133339807.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"90", - "code":"93" + "p_code":"91", + "code":"94" }, { "desc":"A virtual IP address provides the second IP address for one or more ECS NICs, improving high availability between the ECSs.One NIC can be bound with up to 10 virtual IP a", @@ -842,8 +851,8 @@ "title":"Managing Virtual IP Addresses", "uri":"en-us_topic_0093492520.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"90", - "code":"94" + "p_code":"91", + "code":"95" }, { "desc":"Single-core CPU performance cannot meet the requirement of processing NIC interruptions incurred with the increase of network I/O bandwidth. NIC multi-queue enables multi", @@ -851,8 +860,8 @@ "title":"Enabling NIC Multi-Queue", "uri":"en-us_topic_0058758453.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"90", - "code":"95" + "p_code":"91", + "code":"96" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -861,7 +870,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0140313883.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"96" + "code":"97" }, { "desc":"You can assign an EIP and bind it to an ECS to enable the ECS to access the Internet.Log in to the management console.Click in the upper left corner and select your regi", @@ -869,8 +878,8 @@ "title":"Binding an EIP", "uri":"en-us_topic_0174917535.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"96", - "code":"97" + "p_code":"97", + "code":"98" }, { "desc":"If an EIP has been bound to the ECS, the ECS can access the Internet using the bandwidth associated with the EIP. This section describes how to adjust the bandwidth of an", @@ -878,8 +887,8 @@ "title":"Changing an EIP Bandwidth", "uri":"en-us_topic_0093492521.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"96", - "code":"98" + "p_code":"97", + "code":"99" }, { "desc":"To ensure platform security and conserve EIPs, EIPs are assigned only to specified ECSs. ECSs without EIPs cannot access the Internet directly. If these ECSs need to acce", @@ -887,8 +896,8 @@ "title":"Enabling Internet Connectivity for an ECS Without an EIP", "uri":"en-us_topic_0027157850.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"96", - "code":"99" + "p_code":"97", + "code":"100" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -897,7 +906,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0092499769.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"100" + "code":"101" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -905,8 +914,8 @@ "title":"Security Groups", "uri":"en-us_topic_0140323151.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"100", - "code":"101" + "p_code":"101", + "code":"102" }, { "desc":"A security group is a collection of access control rules for ECSs that have the same security protection requirements and that are mutually trusted. After a security grou", @@ -914,8 +923,8 @@ "title":"Overview", "uri":"en-us_topic_0140323157.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"101", - "code":"102" + "p_code":"102", + "code":"103" }, { "desc":"Your account automatically comes with a default security group. The default security group allows all outbound traffic, denies all inbound traffic, and allows all traffic", @@ -923,8 +932,8 @@ "title":"Default Security Group and Rules", "uri":"en-us_topic_0140323154.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"101", - "code":"103" + "p_code":"102", + "code":"104" }, { "desc":"Common security group configuration examples are as follows: The following examples allow all outgoing data packets by default and only describe how to configure the inbo", @@ -932,8 +941,8 @@ "title":"Security Group Configuration Examples", "uri":"en-us_topic_0140323152.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"101", - "code":"104" + "p_code":"102", + "code":"105" }, { "desc":"Similar to firewall, a security group is a logical group used to control network access. You can define access rules for a security group to protect the ECSs that are add", @@ -941,8 +950,8 @@ "title":"Configuring Security Group Rules", "uri":"en-us_topic_0030878383.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"101", - "code":"105" + "p_code":"102", + "code":"106" }, { "desc":"To change the security group of an ECS NIC, perform the operations described in this section.Log in to the management console.Click in the upper left corner and select y", @@ -950,8 +959,8 @@ "title":"Changing a Security Group", "uri":"en-us_topic_0093492517.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"101", - "code":"106" + "p_code":"102", + "code":"107" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -960,7 +969,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0140313881.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"107" + "code":"108" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -968,8 +977,8 @@ "title":"Passwords", "uri":"en-us_topic_0031073513.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"107", - "code":"108" + "p_code":"108", + "code":"109" }, { "desc":"The password for logging in to your ECS is important and please keep it secure. You can reset the password if it is forgotten or expires.Table 1 provides guidance on how ", @@ -977,8 +986,8 @@ "title":"Application Scenarios for Using Passwords", "uri":"en-us_topic_0035643949.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"108", - "code":"109" + "p_code":"109", + "code":"110" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to change the password for logging in to an ECS when the password is about to expire, the password is forgotten, or you are logging in to the E", @@ -986,8 +995,8 @@ "title":"Changing the Login Password on an ECS", "uri":"en-us_topic_0122627689.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"108", - "code":"110" + "p_code":"109", + "code":"111" }, { "desc":"You can reset your ECS password if:The password is forgotten.The password has expired.The method described in this section can only be used to change the password of a lo", @@ -995,8 +1004,8 @@ "title":"Resetting the Password for Logging In to a Windows ECS", "uri":"en-us_topic_0021426802.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"108", - "code":"111" + "p_code":"109", + "code":"112" }, { "desc":"Keep your password secure. Reset the password if:The password is forgotten.The password has expired.This section describes how to reset the password of user root. After r", @@ -1004,8 +1013,8 @@ "title":"Resetting the Password for Logging In to a Linux ECS", "uri":"en-us_topic_0021427650.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"108", - "code":"112" + "p_code":"109", + "code":"113" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1013,17 +1022,17 @@ "title":"Key Pairs", "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001234175322.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"107", - "code":"113" + "p_code":"108", + "code":"114" }, { - "desc":"Key pairs are a set of security credentials for identity authentication when you remotely log in to ECSs.A key pair consists of a public key and a private key. ECS stores", + "desc":"Key pairs are a set of security credentials for identity authentication when you remotely log in to ECSs.A key pair consists of a public key and a private key. Key Pair S", "product_code":"ecs", "title":"Application Scenarios for Using Key Pairs", "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001278335673.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"113", - "code":"114" + "p_code":"114", + "code":"115" }, { "desc":"You can use the management console to create a key pair. ECS stores the public key and you store the private key.Log in to the management console.Click in the upper left", @@ -1031,8 +1040,8 @@ "title":"(Recommended) Creating a Key Pair on the Management Console", "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001278350057.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"113", - "code":"115" + "p_code":"114", + "code":"116" }, { "desc":"You can use PuTTYgen to create a key pair and store the public key and private key locally.Key pairs created using puttygen.exe must be imported by referring to Importing", @@ -1040,8 +1049,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Key Pair Using PuTTYgen", "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001234335274.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"113", - "code":"116" + "p_code":"114", + "code":"117" }, { "desc":"You need to import a key pair in either of the following scenarios:Create a key pair using PuTTYgen and import the public key to the ECS.Import the public key of an exist", @@ -1049,8 +1058,8 @@ "title":"Importing a Key Pair", "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001278734873.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"113", - "code":"117" + "p_code":"114", + "code":"118" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1058,8 +1067,8 @@ "title":"Obtaining and Deleting the Password of an Windows ECS", "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001234183498.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"113", - "code":"118" + "p_code":"114", + "code":"119" }, { "desc":"Password authentication is required to log in to a Windows ECS. Therefore, you must use the key file used when you created the ECS to obtain the administrator password ge", @@ -1067,8 +1076,8 @@ "title":"Obtaining the Password for Logging In to a Windows ECS", "uri":"en-us_topic_0031107266.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"118", - "code":"119" + "p_code":"119", + "code":"120" }, { "desc":"After you obtain the initial password, it is a good practice to delete it to ensure system security.Deleting the initial password does not affect ECS operation or login. ", @@ -1076,8 +1085,8 @@ "title":"Deleting the Initial Password for Logging In to a Windows ECS", "uri":"en-us_topic_0031107267.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"118", - "code":"120" + "p_code":"119", + "code":"121" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1086,7 +1095,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0183016706.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"121" + "code":"122" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1094,8 +1103,8 @@ "title":"Tag Management", "uri":"en-us_topic_0183019668.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"121", - "code":"122" + "p_code":"122", + "code":"123" }, { "desc":"A tag identifies an ECS. Adding tags to an ECS facilitates ECS identification and management.You can add a tag to an ECS during the ECS creation or after the ECS creation", @@ -1103,8 +1112,8 @@ "title":"Overview", "uri":"en-us_topic_0092499768.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"122", - "code":"123" + "p_code":"123", + "code":"124" }, { "desc":"Tags are used to identify cloud resources, such as ECSs, images, and disks. If you have multiple types of cloud resources which are associated with each other, you can ad", @@ -1112,8 +1121,8 @@ "title":"Adding Tags", "uri":"en-us_topic_0183019669.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"122", - "code":"124" + "p_code":"123", + "code":"125" }, { "desc":"After tags are added to resources, you can search for resources by tag using either of the following methods.On the Elastic Cloud Server page, search for ECSs by tag key ", @@ -1121,8 +1130,8 @@ "title":"Searching for Resources by Tag", "uri":"en-us_topic_0183019670.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"122", - "code":"125" + "p_code":"123", + "code":"126" }, { "desc":"If you no longer need a tag, delete it in any of the following ways:Deleting a Tag on the Page Providing Details About an ECSDeleting a Tag on the TMS ConsoleBatch Deleti", @@ -1130,8 +1139,8 @@ "title":"Deleting a Tag", "uri":"en-us_topic_0183019671.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"122", - "code":"126" + "p_code":"123", + "code":"127" }, { "desc":"Quotas can limit the number or amount of resources available to users, such as the maximum number of ECSs or EVS disks that can be created.If the existing resource quota ", @@ -1139,8 +1148,8 @@ "title":"Quota Adjustment", "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001210881033.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"121", - "code":"127" + "p_code":"122", + "code":"128" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1149,16 +1158,16 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0072987316.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"128" + "code":"129" }, { - "desc":"Monitoring is key for ensuring ECS performance, reliability, and availability. Using monitored data, you can determine ECS resource utilization. The cloud service platfor", + "desc":"Monitoring is key for ensuring ECS performance, reliability, and availability. Using monitored data, you can determine ECS resource utilization. The cloud platform provid", "product_code":"ecs", "title":"Monitoring ECSs", "uri":"en-us_topic_0027371529.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"128", - "code":"129" + "p_code":"129", + "code":"130" }, { "desc":"This section describes monitoring metrics reported by ECS to Cloud Eye. You can use Cloud Eye to view these metrics and alarms generated for ECSs.SYS.ECSECS metrics vary ", @@ -1166,8 +1175,8 @@ "title":"Basic ECS Metrics", "uri":"en-us_topic_0030911465.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"128", - "code":"130" + "p_code":"129", + "code":"131" }, { "desc":"Setting ECS alarm rules allows you to customize the monitored objects and notification policies so that you can closely monitor your ECSs.This section describes how to se", @@ -1175,17 +1184,17 @@ "title":"Setting Alarm Rules", "uri":"en-us_topic_0027371531.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"128", - "code":"131" + "p_code":"129", + "code":"132" }, { - "desc":"The public cloud platform provides Cloud Eye, which monitors the running statuses of your ECSs. You can obtain the monitoring metrics of each ECS on the management consol", + "desc":"The cloud platform provides Cloud Eye, which monitors the running statuses of your ECSs. You can obtain the monitoring metrics of each ECS on the management console.There", "product_code":"ecs", "title":"Viewing ECS Metrics", "uri":"en-us_topic_0027371530.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"128", - "code":"132" + "p_code":"129", + "code":"133" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1194,7 +1203,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0116266206.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"133" + "code":"134" }, { "desc":"CTS starts to record ECS operations after it is provisioned. You can view the operation records of the last seven days on the management console.This section describes ho", @@ -1202,8 +1211,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Audit Logs", "uri":"en-us_topic_0116266207.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"133", - "code":"134" + "p_code":"134", + "code":"135" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1212,7 +1221,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0096170524.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"135" + "code":"136" }, { "desc":"When you run the sudo command to switch to user root on an Ubuntu or Debian ECS, the system prompts connection timeout.Log in to the ECS.Run the following command to edit", @@ -1220,8 +1229,8 @@ "title":"What Can I Do If Switching from a Non-root User to User root Times Out?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0094801708.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"135", - "code":"136" + "p_code":"136", + "code":"137" }, { "desc":"When installing the Python library software, you need to configure the PIP source. Take the official image source as an example:[root@test home]# cat /root/.pip/pip.conf ", @@ -1229,8 +1238,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If Error \"command ´gcc´ failed with exit status 1\" Occurs During PIP-based Software Installation", "uri":"en-us_topic_0107412162.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"135", - "code":"137" + "p_code":"136", + "code":"138" }, { "desc":"When a user runs the wget command to download software packages, the download rate is far less than the bandwidth.The official PIP website is accessed using HTTPS. Each t", @@ -1238,8 +1247,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If Packages Are Downloaded Using PIP or wget at a Low Rate?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0107490388.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"135", - "code":"138" + "p_code":"136", + "code":"139" }, { "desc":"If an ECS requires a long period of time to start, you can change the default timeout to speed up the startup.Log in to the ECS.Run the following command to switch to use", @@ -1247,8 +1256,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Handle Slow ECS Startup?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0117006217.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"135", - "code":"139" + "p_code":"136", + "code":"140" }, { "desc":"This section describes how you can configure atop and kdump on Linux ECSs for performance analysis.The method for configuring atop varies with the OS version.atopIntroduc", @@ -1256,8 +1265,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Configure atop and kdump on Linux ECSs for Performance Analysis?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001143214829.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"135", - "code":"140" + "p_code":"136", + "code":"141" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1266,7 +1275,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0013771101.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"141" + "code":"142" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1274,8 +1283,8 @@ "title":"ECS Overview", "uri":"en-us_topic_0030930805.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"141", - "code":"142" + "p_code":"142", + "code":"143" }, { "desc":"Do not upgrade ECS kernel or OS versions. If you want to upgrade the main OS version, for example, from CentOS 7.2 to Cent OS 7.3, use the provided OS changing function.D", @@ -1283,8 +1292,8 @@ "title":"What Are the Precautions for Using ECSs?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0013771102.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"142", - "code":"143" + "p_code":"143", + "code":"144" }, { "desc":"You can use ECSs just like traditional physical servers. On an ECS, you can deploy any service application, such as an email system, web system, and Enterprise Resource P", @@ -1292,8 +1301,8 @@ "title":"What Can I Do with ECSs?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0018073214.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"142", - "code":"144" + "p_code":"143", + "code":"145" }, { "desc":"Yes.ECSs run on physical hosts. Although there are multiple mechanisms to ensure system reliability, fault tolerance, and high availability, host hardware might be damage", @@ -1301,8 +1310,8 @@ "title":"Can ECSs Automatically Recover After the Physical Host Accommodating the ECSs Becomes Faulty?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0095020344.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"142", - "code":"145" + "p_code":"143", + "code":"146" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1310,8 +1319,8 @@ "title":"Creation and Deletion", "uri":"en-us_topic_0018073208.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"141", - "code":"146" + "p_code":"142", + "code":"147" }, { "desc":"After you created an ECS bound with an EIP on the management console, the ECS creation was successful but binding the EIP failed due to insufficient EIPs. Although the Fa", @@ -1319,8 +1328,8 @@ "title":"Why Does the Failures Area Show an ECS Creation Failure But the ECS List Displays the Created ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0039524582.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"146", - "code":"147" + "p_code":"147", + "code":"148" }, { "desc":"When you use a full-ECS image that was created using a CSBS backup to create ECSs, the process is time-consuming or the system displays a message indicating that the imag", @@ -1328,8 +1337,8 @@ "title":"Why Does It Take Longer to Create ECSs When I Use a Full-ECS Image?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0102391480.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"146", - "code":"148" + "p_code":"147", + "code":"149" }, { "desc":"Obtaining an ECS can take as little as a few minutes.The time it takes to obtain an ECS depends on ECS specifications, available resources (such as EVS disks and EIPs), a", @@ -1337,8 +1346,8 @@ "title":"How Quickly Can I Obtain an ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0018073212.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"146", - "code":"149" + "p_code":"147", + "code":"150" }, { "desc":"After you click Delete, the selected ECS is deleted. You can also choose to delete the EVS disk and EIP of the ECS. If you do not delete them, they will be retained. If n", @@ -1346,8 +1355,8 @@ "title":"What Happens After I Click the Delete Button?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0018073218.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"146", - "code":"150" + "p_code":"147", + "code":"151" }, { "desc":"No. ECSs in the Deleted state cannot provide services and are soon removed from the system.A deleted ECS is retained in the ECS list on the management console only for a ", @@ -1355,8 +1364,8 @@ "title":"Can a Deleted ECS Be Provisioned Again?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0018073221.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"146", - "code":"151" + "p_code":"147", + "code":"152" }, { "desc":"Yes. If an ECS remains in the Restarting or Stopping state for over 30 minutes after it is restarted, you can forcibly restart or stop the ECS as follows:Log in to the ma", @@ -1364,8 +1373,8 @@ "title":"Can I Forcibly Restart or Stop an ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0029792884.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"146", - "code":"152" + "p_code":"147", + "code":"153" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1373,8 +1382,8 @@ "title":"Login and Connection", "uri":"en-us_topic_0030930807.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"141", - "code":"153" + "p_code":"142", + "code":"154" }, { "desc":"During ECS login using VNC, changing the remote login keyboard language ensures only that characters entered in the VNC window for an ECS are correctly mapped. It does no", @@ -1382,8 +1391,8 @@ "title":"Why Are Characters Entered Through VNC Still Incorrect After the Keyboard Language Is Switched?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0030932500.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"154" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"155" }, { "desc":"Run the following command to change the OS keyboard language:loadkeyskeymapfilekeymapfile is the name of the file for the mapping between keys and displayed characters.Fo", @@ -1391,8 +1400,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If I Cannot Use the German Keyboard to Enter Characters When I Log In to a Linux ECS Using VNC?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0030932496.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"155" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"156" }, { "desc":"If you use the MAC keyboard to enter German characters on your computer running MAC OS, uppercase characters can be entered properly after Caps Lock is enabled. However, ", @@ -1400,8 +1409,8 @@ "title":"Why Cannot I Use the MAC Keyboard to Enter Lowercase Characters When I Log In to an ECS Using VNC?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0047624368.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"156" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"157" }, { "desc":"If your computer is running Windows 7 and you logged in to the ECS using Internet Explorer 10 or 11, click AltGr twice on the VNC page to activate the page.", @@ -1409,8 +1418,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If the Page Does not Respond After I Log In to an ECS Using VNC and Do Not Perform Any Operation for a Long Period of Time?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0030932497.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"157" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"158" }, { "desc":"After you log in to an ECS using VNC and view data, for example, play videos or run the cat command to view large files, VNC may become unavailable due to the high memory", @@ -1418,8 +1427,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If I Cannot View Data After Logging In to an ECS Using VNC?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0030932499.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"158" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"159" }, { "desc":"Another user has logged in to this ECS using VNC.Only one user can log in to an ECS using VNC at a time. If multiple users attempt to log in to an ECS at the same time, o", @@ -1427,8 +1436,8 @@ "title":"Why Does a Blank Screen Appear While the System Displays a Message Indicating Successful Authentication After I Attempted to Log In to an ECS Using VNC?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0032850906.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"159" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"160" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to change a port for remote logins.The following procedure uses an ECS running Windows Server 2012 as an example. The default login port of a W", @@ -1436,8 +1445,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Change a Remote Login Port?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0244854543.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"160" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"161" }, { "desc":"A private key cannot be used to obtain the password for logging in to a Windows ECS that is authenticated using a key pair.The password fails to inject using Cloudbase-In", @@ -1445,8 +1454,8 @@ "title":"Why Can't I Obtain the Password for Logging In to My Windows ECS Authenticated Using a Key Pair?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0081525054.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"161" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"162" }, { "desc":"When you use a browser to remotely log in to an ECS, ensure that the browser version meets the requirements listed in Table 1.", @@ -1454,8 +1463,8 @@ "title":"What Browser Version Is Required to Remotely Log In to an ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0035233718.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"162" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"163" }, { "desc":"Two ECSs run the same OS, for example, both run Windows or Linux. The system disks attached to the two ECSs are exchanged offline. After the exchanging, the login keys of", @@ -1463,8 +1472,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Log In to an ECS After Its System Disk Is Exchanged with That Attached to Another ECS Running the Same OS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0100005619.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"163" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"164" }, { "desc":"Password authentication is required to log in to a Windows ECS. Therefore, you require a key file to obtain the initial password for logging in to the ECS. However, after", @@ -1472,8 +1481,8 @@ "title":"Why Does the System Display a Message Indicating that the Password for Logging In to a Windows ECS Cannot Be Viewed?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0031736846.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"164" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"165" }, { "desc":"When a local computer running Windows attempts to access a Windows ECS using RDP (for example, MSTSC), an identity authentication failure occurs and the desired function ", @@ -1481,8 +1490,8 @@ "title":"Why Does an Authentication Failure Occurs After I Attempt to Remotely Log In to a Windows ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0018339851.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"165" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"166" }, { "desc":"An error message is displayed indicating that your local computer cannot connect to the remote computer.Port 3389 of the security group on the ECS is disabled. For detail", @@ -1490,8 +1499,8 @@ "title":"Why Can't I Use the Local Computer to Connect to My Windows ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0264235939.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"166" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"167" }, { "desc":"When you connect a remote desktop to a Windows ECS, the system prompts that you need to be granted the right to sign in through Remote Desktop Services.Open the cmd windo", @@ -1499,8 +1508,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Obtain the Permission to Remotely Log In to a Windows ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0264235940.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"167" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"168" }, { "desc":"An error message is displayed indicating that there are no Remote Desktop License Servers available to provide a license and asks you to contact the administrator.You hav", @@ -1508,8 +1517,8 @@ "title":"Why Does the System Display No Remote Desktop License Servers Available to Provide a License When I Log In to a Windows ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0264235941.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"168" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"169" }, { "desc":"When you log in to a Windows ECS, the system displays error code 0x112f.The ECS memory is insufficient.Method 1 (recommended)Modify the ECS specifications to increase the", @@ -1517,8 +1526,8 @@ "title":"Why Does the System Display Error Code 0x112f When I Log In to a Windows ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0120795668.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"169" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"170" }, { "desc":"The system displays an error message indicating that a protocol error (code: 0x1104) is detected when you use MSTSC to access an ECS running Windows Server 2008.Port 3389", @@ -1526,8 +1535,8 @@ "title":"Why Does the System Display Error Code 0x1104 When I Log In to a Windows ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0264235942.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"170" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"171" }, { "desc":"The system displays error 122.112... when you use RDC to locally access an ECS running Windows Server 2012. The ECS is frequently disconnected and the Windows login proce", @@ -1535,8 +1544,8 @@ "title":"Why Does the System Display Error Code 122.112.. When I Log In to a Windows ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0264235943.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"171" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"172" }, { "desc":"When you use Microsoft Remote Desktop for Mac to remotely access a Windows ECS, the system displays invalid certificate or associated chain.Due to the particularity of th", @@ -1544,8 +1553,8 @@ "title":"Why Does the System Display Invalid Certificate or Associated Chain When I Log In to a Windows ECS from a Mac?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0264235944.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"172" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"173" }, { "desc":"An error message is displayed indicating that the remote session will be disconnected because of a protocol error.The registry subkey Certificate is damaged.In the Run di", @@ -1553,8 +1562,8 @@ "title":"Why Is My Remote Session Interrupted by a Protocol Error?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0264235945.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"173" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"174" }, { "desc":"An error message is displayed indicating that the identity of the remote computer cannot be verified. You are required to enter the password and log in again.Security sof", @@ -1562,8 +1571,8 @@ "title":"Why Am I Seeing an Error Message That Says Identity of Remote Computer Cannot be Verified When I Log In to a Windows ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0264235946.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"174" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"175" }, { "desc":"An error message is displayed indicating that the computer cannot connect to the remote computer in the amount of time allotted.On the local computer, click on the Start ", @@ -1571,8 +1580,8 @@ "title":"Why Am I Seeing An Error Message That Says The Two Computers Couldn't Be Connected in the Amount of Time Allotted When I Log In to a Windows ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0264235947.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"175" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"176" }, { "desc":"An error message is displayed indicating that the connection is denied because the user account is not authorized for remote login.The remote desktop connection permissio", @@ -1580,8 +1589,8 @@ "title":"Why Am I Seeing an Error Message That Says User Account is not Authorized for Remote Login When I Log In to a Windows ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0264235948.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"176" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"177" }, { "desc":"An error message is displayed indicating that your remote desktop session has ended because another user has connected to the remote computer.Choose Start> Administrative", @@ -1589,8 +1598,8 @@ "title":"Why Does My Remote Desktop Session End Because Another User Logs In When I Log In to a Windows ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0264235950.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"177" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"178" }, { "desc":"An internal error is displayed when you log in to a Windows ECS and you fail to connect to the ECS remotely. Generally, this problem occurs because the Remote Desktop Ser", @@ -1598,8 +1607,8 @@ "title":"Why Does an ECS Fail to Be Remotely Connected Using RDP and Internal Error Code 4 Is Displayed?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0018124779.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"178" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"179" }, { "desc":"When you attempt to remotely log in to a Linux ECS, the system displays the error message \"Module is unknown\".To resolve this issue, restart the ECS and enter the rescue ", @@ -1607,8 +1616,8 @@ "title":"Why Am I Seeing the Error Message \"Module is unknown\" When I Remotely Log In to a Linux ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0240708482.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"179" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"180" }, { "desc":"When I attempted to remotely log in to a Linux ECS, the system displayed error Message \"Permission denied\".To resolve this issue, you are required to restart the ECS and ", @@ -1616,8 +1625,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If Error Message \"Permission denied\" Is Displayed When I Remotely Log In to a Linux ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0240708483.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"180" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"181" }, { "desc":"When I attempted to remotely log in to a Linux ECS, the system displayed error message \"read: Connection reset by peer\".The remote login port is not permitted in the secu", @@ -1625,8 +1634,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If Error Message \"read: Connection reset by peer\" Is Displayed When I Remotely Log In to a Linux ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0240714337.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"181" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"182" }, { "desc":"When you attempt to remotely log in to a Linux ECS, the system displays the error message \"Access denied\".Incorrect username or password.A policy that denies logins from ", @@ -1634,8 +1643,8 @@ "title":"Why Am I Seeing the Error Message \"Access denied\" When I Remotely Log In to a Linux ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0277097520.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"182" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"183" }, { "desc":"When I attempted to remotely log in to a Linux ECS, the system displayed error message \"Disconnected: No supported authentication methods available\".A policy that denies ", @@ -1643,8 +1652,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If Error Message \"Disconnected: No supported authentication methods available\" Is Displayed When I Remotely Log In to a Linux ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0277132844.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"183" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"184" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1652,8 +1661,8 @@ "title":"ECS Management", "uri":"en-us_topic_0208808104.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"141", - "code":"184" + "p_code":"142", + "code":"185" }, { "desc":"The static hostname of a Linux ECS is user defined and injected using Cloud-Init during the ECS creation. Although the hostname can be changed by running the hostname com", @@ -1661,8 +1670,8 @@ "title":"How Can a Changed Static Hostname Take Effect Permanently?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0050735736.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"184", - "code":"185" + "p_code":"185", + "code":"186" }, { "desc":"Hostnames of ECSs created based on some types of images have the suffix .novalocal, whereas others do not.For example, the hostname is set to abc during ECS creation. Tab", @@ -1670,8 +1679,8 @@ "title":"Is an ECS Hostname with Suffix .novalocal Normal?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0094874138.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"184", - "code":"186" + "p_code":"185", + "code":"187" }, { "desc":"After you modify specifications of a Windows ECS, the disks may go offline. Therefore, you need to check the number of disks after you modify the specifications.Check whe", @@ -1679,8 +1688,8 @@ "title":"Why Do the Disks of a Windows ECS Go Offline After I Modify the ECS Specifications?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0214940105.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"184", - "code":"187" + "p_code":"185", + "code":"188" }, { "desc":"After you modify specifications of a Linux ECS, disk attachment may fail. Therefore, you need to check the disk attachment after you modify the specifications.Log in to t", @@ -1688,8 +1697,8 @@ "title":"Why Does the Disk Attachment of a Linux ECS Fail After I Modify the ECS Specifications?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0214940106.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"184", - "code":"188" + "p_code":"185", + "code":"189" }, { "desc":"This section helps you resolve the following issues:An error message was displayed on the management console after you performed ECS-related operations.An error code was ", @@ -1697,8 +1706,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Handle Error Messages Displayed on the Management Console?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0032398121.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"184", - "code":"189" + "p_code":"185", + "code":"190" }, { "desc":"The system displays a question mark (?) when I attempt to obtain the console logs of an ECS.The image based on which the ECS was created supports viewing console logs. Ho", @@ -1706,8 +1715,8 @@ "title":"Why Does the System Display a Question Mark When I Attempt to Obtain Console Logs?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0088241338.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"184", - "code":"190" + "p_code":"185", + "code":"191" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1715,8 +1724,8 @@ "title":"OS Management", "uri":"en-us_topic_0018124788.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"141", - "code":"191" + "p_code":"142", + "code":"192" }, { "desc":"You can install or upgrade ECS OSs provided on the cloud platform.When you create an ECS, you can select a public image or a private image created from a public image to ", @@ -1724,8 +1733,8 @@ "title":"Can I Install or Upgrade the OS of an ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0018078520.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"191", - "code":"192" + "p_code":"192", + "code":"193" }, { "desc":"Yes, you can change the OS of an ECS.If the OS running on an ECS cannot meet service requirements, for example, a higher OS version is required, you can change the ECS OS", @@ -1733,8 +1742,8 @@ "title":"Can I Change the OS of an ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0018078522.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"191", - "code":"193" + "p_code":"192", + "code":"194" }, { "desc":"Typically, the process of changing the OS of an ECS takes about 1 to 2 minutes. Stop the ECS, click More in the Operation column, and select Change OS from the drop-down ", @@ -1742,17 +1751,17 @@ "title":"How Long Does It Take to Change an ECS OS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0101604511.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"191", - "code":"194" + "p_code":"192", + "code":"195" }, { - "desc":"No. You can use only the original image of the ECS to reinstall the OS. You need to use a new image if you want to change the OS. For details, see Changing the OS.", + "desc":"No. You can use only the original image of the ECS to reinstall the OS. To use a new system image, see Changing the OS.", "product_code":"ecs", "title":"Can I Select Another OS During ECS OS Reinstallation?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0024912311.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"191", - "code":"195" + "p_code":"192", + "code":"196" }, { "desc":"Typically, the process of reinstalling the OS of an ECS takes about 1 to 2 minutes. Stop the ECS, click More in the Operation column, and select Reinstall OS in the drop-", @@ -1760,8 +1769,8 @@ "title":"How Long Does It Take to Reinstall an ECS OS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0101604512.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"191", - "code":"196" + "p_code":"192", + "code":"197" }, { "desc":"Windows ECSs are managed through a GUI but Linux ECSs are managed through the CLI. You can configure a GUI if required.Before installing a GUI on an ECS, ensure that the ", @@ -1769,8 +1778,8 @@ "title":"Do ECSs Support GUI?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0018078523.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"191", - "code":"197" + "p_code":"192", + "code":"198" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1778,8 +1787,8 @@ "title":"File Upload/Data Transfer", "uri":"en-us_topic_0170135967.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"141", - "code":"198" + "p_code":"142", + "code":"199" }, { "desc":"File transfer toolInstall a file transfer tool, such as FileZilla on both the local computer and the Windows ECS and use it to transfer files.Install a file transfer tool", @@ -1787,17 +1796,17 @@ "title":"How Do I Upload Files to My ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0236302789.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"198", - "code":"199" + "p_code":"199", + "code":"200" }, { - "desc":"You want to transfer files from a local Windows computer to a Windows ECS through an MSTSC-based remote desktop connection.The target ECS is running.The ECS has an EIP bo", + "desc":"You want to transfer files from a local Windows computer to a Windows ECS through an MSTSC-based remote desktop connection.The target ECS is running.An EIP has been bound", "product_code":"ecs", "title":"How Can I Transfer Files from a Local Windows Computer to a Windows ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0166284970.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"198", - "code":"200" + "p_code":"199", + "code":"201" }, { "desc":"WinSCP can be used to securely copy-paste files across local and remote computers. Compared with FTP, WinSCP allows you to use a username and password to access the desti", @@ -1805,8 +1814,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Use WinSCP to Transfer Files from a Local Windows Computer to a Linux ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0166284971.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"198", - "code":"201" + "p_code":"199", + "code":"202" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to use Microsoft Remote Desktop for Mac to transfer files from a local Mac to a Windows ECS.The remote access tool supported by Mac has been in", @@ -1814,8 +1823,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Transfer Files from a Local Mac to a Windows ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0295091738.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"198", - "code":"202" + "p_code":"199", + "code":"203" }, { "desc":"You want to use SCP to transfer files between a local Linux computer and a Linux ECS.Log in to the management console. On the Elastic Cloud Server page, obtain the EIP bo", @@ -1823,8 +1832,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Use SCP to Transfer Files Between a Local Linux Computer and a Linux ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0263796591.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"198", - "code":"203" + "p_code":"199", + "code":"204" }, { "desc":"You want to use SFTP to transfer files between a local Linux computer and a Linux ECS. The following uses CentOS as an example.Log in to the ECS as user root.Run the foll", @@ -1832,17 +1841,17 @@ "title":"How Can I Use SFTP to Transfer Files Between a Local Linux Computer and a Linux ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0170139796.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"198", - "code":"204" + "p_code":"199", + "code":"205" }, { - "desc":"You want to use FTP to transfer files from a local Windows computer to an ECS.You have enabled FTP on the target ECS. If you have not enabled FTP, check the following lin", + "desc":"You want to use FTP to transfer files from a local Windows computer to an ECS.An EIP has been bound to the ECS and access to port 21 is allowed in the inbound direction o", "product_code":"ecs", "title":"How Can I Use FTP to Transfer Files from a Local Windows Computer to a Windows or Linux ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0263806053.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"198", - "code":"205" + "p_code":"199", + "code":"206" }, { "desc":"You want to use FTP on a local Linux computer to transfer files between the computer and a Linux ECS.You have enabled FTP on the target ECS. If you have not enabled FTP, ", @@ -1850,8 +1859,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Use FTP to Transfer Files Between a Local Linux Computer and a Linux ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0263806054.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"198", - "code":"206" + "p_code":"199", + "code":"207" }, { "desc":"When I attempted to access the server from the client to upload a file using FTP, the connection timed out.The operations described in this section apply to FTP on local ", @@ -1859,8 +1868,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If the Connection Between the Client and the Server Times Out When I Upload a File Using FTP?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0170139797.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"198", - "code":"207" + "p_code":"199", + "code":"208" }, { "desc":"When I attempted to upload a file using FTP, writing data failed. As a result, the file transfer failed.The operations described in this section apply to FTP on Windows E", @@ -1868,8 +1877,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If Writing Data Failed When I Upload a File Using FTP?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0170139798.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"198", - "code":"208" + "p_code":"199", + "code":"209" }, { "desc":"An error occurs when you open a folder on an FTP server. The system displays a message asking you to check permissions.The FTP firewall configured for the browser does no", @@ -1877,8 +1886,8 @@ "title":"Why Am I Seeing an FTP Folder Error When I Open a Folder on an FTP Server?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0247282819.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"198", - "code":"209" + "p_code":"199", + "code":"210" }, { "desc":"Connecting to a Linux ECS using WinSCP fails, while using SSH tools like Xshell succeeds.If you can connect to a Linux ECS using SSH tools, the SSH tools run properly. Ch", @@ -1886,8 +1895,8 @@ "title":"Why Do I Fail to Connect to a Linux ECS Using WinSCP?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001189572473.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"198", - "code":"210" + "p_code":"199", + "code":"211" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1895,8 +1904,8 @@ "title":"ECS Migration", "uri":"en-us_topic_0208809314.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"141", - "code":"211" + "p_code":"142", + "code":"212" }, { "desc":"After an ECS is created, it cannot be directly migrated to another region or account.", @@ -1904,8 +1913,8 @@ "title":"Can I Migrate an ECS to Another Region or Account?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0236308363.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"211", - "code":"212" + "p_code":"212", + "code":"213" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1913,8 +1922,8 @@ "title":"Disk Management", "uri":"en-us_topic_0018124786.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"141", - "code":"213" + "p_code":"142", + "code":"214" }, { "desc":"After logging in to my Windows ECS, I cannot find the attached data disk.Formatting a disk will cause data loss. Therefore, before formatting a disk, create a backup for ", @@ -1922,8 +1931,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If the Data Disk Attached a Windows ECS Is Unavailable?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0251012483.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"213", - "code":"214" + "p_code":"214", + "code":"215" }, { "desc":"If the capacity of system disk partitions is inconsistent with the actual system disk capacity after an ECS is created, you can manually adjust the partitions to expand t", @@ -1931,8 +1940,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Adjust System Disk Partitions?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0076210995.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"213", - "code":"215" + "p_code":"214", + "code":"216" }, { "desc":"This section uses an ECS running Windows Server 2008 R2 64bit as an example to describe how to obtain the mapping between disk partitions and disk devices.Log in to the W", @@ -1940,8 +1949,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Obtain the Mapping Between Disk Partitions and Disk Devices on a Windows ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0087680813.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"213", - "code":"216" + "p_code":"214", + "code":"217" }, { "desc":"For a Linux ECS, its disk partitions correspond to disk devices. This section uses a Linux ECS running Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 as an example to describe how to obtain ", @@ -1949,17 +1958,17 @@ "title":"How Can I Obtain the Mapping Between Disk Partitions and Disk Devices on a Linux ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0087901488.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"213", - "code":"217" + "p_code":"214", + "code":"218" }, { - "desc":"Enabling ECS virtual memory will deteriorate I/O performance. If the memory is insufficient, you are advised to expand the memory by Modifying ECS vCPU and Memory Specifi", + "desc":"Enabling ECS virtual memory will deteriorate I/O performance. If the memory size of an ECS is insufficient, you are advised to increase its memory size by referring to Mo", "product_code":"ecs", "title":"How Can I Enable Virtual Memory on a Windows ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0120795802.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"213", - "code":"218" + "p_code":"214", + "code":"219" }, { "desc":"After you create an ECS, you run the free -m command to view the ECS memory. The ECS memory is less than the memory configured during ECS creation.An example is provided ", @@ -1967,8 +1976,8 @@ "title":"Why Is the Memory of an ECS Obtained by Running the free Command Inconsistent with the Actual Memory?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0093153741.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"213", - "code":"219" + "p_code":"214", + "code":"220" }, { "desc":"If the capacity of system disk partitions is inconsistent with the actual system disk capacity after an ECS is created, you can add the empty partition to the root partit", @@ -1976,8 +1985,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Add the Empty Partition of an Expanded System Disk to the End Root Partition Online?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0078300749.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"213", - "code":"220" + "p_code":"214", + "code":"221" }, { "desc":"If the capacity of system disk partitions is inconsistent with the actual system disk capacity after an ECS is created, you can add the empty partition to the root partit", @@ -1985,8 +1994,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Add the Empty Partition of an Expanded System Disk to the Non-end Root Partition Online?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0078300750.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"213", - "code":"221" + "p_code":"214", + "code":"222" }, { "desc":"Yes. The ECSs created after the disk function upgrade can have up to 60 attached disks.When you create an ECS, you can attach 24 disks to it.After you create an ECS, you ", @@ -1994,8 +2003,8 @@ "title":"Can I Attach Multiple Disks to an ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0018073215.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"213", - "code":"222" + "p_code":"214", + "code":"223" }, { "desc":"The EVS disk and the target ECS must be located in the same AZ.For a non-shared disk, the EVS disk must be in Available state.For a shared disk, the target EVS disk must ", @@ -2003,8 +2012,8 @@ "title":"What Are the Requirements for Attaching an EVS Disk to an ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0040863659.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"213", - "code":"223" + "p_code":"214", + "code":"224" }, { "desc":"All types of ECSs can be attached with SCSI EVS disks.", @@ -2012,8 +2021,8 @@ "title":"Which ECSs Can Be Attached with SCSI EVS Disks?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0077938284.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"213", - "code":"224" + "p_code":"214", + "code":"225" }, { "desc":"You find that the disk name displayed on the ECS OS is different from that displayed on the management console and you cannot determine which disk name is correct. This s", @@ -2021,8 +2030,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Obtain My Disk Name in the ECS OS Using the Device Identifier Provided on the Console?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0103285575.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"213", - "code":"225" + "p_code":"214", + "code":"226" }, { "desc":"To restore data, a system disk snapshot of ECS A is used to create disk A. Then, disk A is attached to ECS B as a data disk. However, after ECS B is restarted, data disk ", @@ -2030,8 +2039,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Attach a Snapshot-based System Disk to an ECS as Its Data Disk?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0152643976.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"213", - "code":"226" + "p_code":"214", + "code":"227" }, { "desc":"For a Linux ECS with a SCSI disk attached, if you have enabled automatic SCSI disk attachment upon ECS startup in /etc/fstab and the disk drive letter (for example, /dev/", @@ -2039,8 +2048,8 @@ "title":"Why Does a Linux ECS with a SCSI Disk Attached Fails to Restart?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0087382187.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"213", - "code":"227" + "p_code":"214", + "code":"228" }, { "desc":"The rights of users in a user group to use the encryption feature are as follows:The user who has security administrator rights can grant KMS access rights to EVS for usi", @@ -2048,8 +2057,8 @@ "title":"Can All Users Use the Encryption Feature?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0047272493.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"213", - "code":"228" + "p_code":"214", + "code":"229" }, { "desc":"A disk attached to a Windows ECS goes offline, and the system displays the message \"The disk is offline because of policy set by an administrator.\"Windows has three types", @@ -2057,17 +2066,17 @@ "title":"Why Does a Disk Attached to a Windows ECS Go Offline?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0114225937.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"213", - "code":"229" + "p_code":"214", + "code":"230" }, { - "desc":"For a Linux ECS, the drive letter may change after an EVS disk is detached and then attached again, or after an EVS disk is detached and then the ECS is restarted.When an", + "desc":"For a Linux ECS, the drive letter may change after an EVS disk is detached and then attached again, or after an EVS disk is detached and then the ECS is restarted.When a ", "product_code":"ecs", "title":"Why Does the Disk Drive Letter Change After the ECS Is Restarted?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0240831198.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"213", - "code":"230" + "p_code":"214", + "code":"231" }, { "desc":"If you uninstall Tools from a Linux ECS in a non-PVOPS system, data disks cannot be identified. In such a case, you can create a new ECS and attach the data disks of the ", @@ -2075,8 +2084,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Obtain Data Disk Information If Tools Are Uninstalled?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0029806525.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"213", - "code":"231" + "p_code":"214", + "code":"232" }, { "desc":"When a Linux ECS with an NVMe SSD disk attached, such as a P1 ECS, becomes faulty, you must contact the administrator to remotely create the ECS again for reconstruction.", @@ -2084,8 +2093,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Rectify the Fault That May Occur on a Linux ECS with an NVMe SSD Disk Attached?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0087622835.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"213", - "code":"232" + "p_code":"214", + "code":"233" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2093,8 +2102,8 @@ "title":"Passwords and Key Pairs", "uri":"en-us_topic_0105215483.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"141", - "code":"233" + "p_code":"142", + "code":"234" }, { "desc":"If an ECS cannot be logged in because of expired image password, you can contact the administrator for handling.If the ECS can still be logged in, you can perform the fol", @@ -2102,8 +2111,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Set the Validity Period of the Image Password?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0079176727.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"233", - "code":"234" + "p_code":"234", + "code":"235" }, { "desc":"You have created multiple key pairs, and you are trying to find the key pair to log in to the target ECS.Log in to the management console.Click in the upper left corner ", @@ -2111,8 +2120,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Obtain the Key Pair Used by an ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0081525053.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"233", - "code":"235" + "p_code":"234", + "code":"236" }, { "desc":"If you use Internet Explorer 9 to access the management console, the key pair may fail to import. In this case, perform the following steps to modify browser settings and", @@ -2120,8 +2129,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If a Key Pair Cannot Be Imported?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0019883415.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"233", - "code":"236" + "p_code":"234", + "code":"237" }, { "desc":"When you use the key file created during your Linux ECS creation to log in to the ECS, the login fails.Possible causes vary depending on the image used to create the Linu", @@ -2129,8 +2138,8 @@ "title":"Why Does the Login to My Linux ECS Using a Key File Fail?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0031734664.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"233", - "code":"237" + "p_code":"234", + "code":"238" }, { "desc":"When you try to import a key pair that you created using puttygen.exe on the management console, the system displays a message indicating that the import failed.The forma", @@ -2138,8 +2147,8 @@ "title":"Why Does a Key Pair Created Using puttygen.exe Fail to Be Imported on the Management Console?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0047654687.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"233", - "code":"238" + "p_code":"234", + "code":"239" }, { "desc":"In Windows ECSs, cloudbase-init is the default account of the Cloudbase-Init agent program. It is used to obtain the metadata and execute configurations when the ECS star", @@ -2147,8 +2156,8 @@ "title":"What Is the cloudbase-init Account in Windows ECSs Used for?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0037633087.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"233", - "code":"239" + "p_code":"234", + "code":"240" }, { "desc":"Take an ECS running CentOS 6.8 as an example. After Python was upgraded from 2.6 to 2.7, Cloud-Init did not work. Data, such as the login password, key, and hostname coul", @@ -2156,8 +2165,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If Cloud-Init Does Not Work After Python Is Upgraded?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0118224527.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"233", - "code":"240" + "p_code":"234", + "code":"241" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2165,26 +2174,26 @@ "title":"Network Configurations", "uri":"en-us_topic_0018124785.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"141", - "code":"241" + "p_code":"142", + "code":"242" }, { - "desc":"You can bind multiple EIPs to an ECS. However, this configuration is not recommended.To bind multiple EIPs to an ECS, you must manually configure routes.Table 1 lists ECS", + "desc":"Multiple EIPs can be bound to an ECS, but this operation is not recommended.If you really need to bind multiple EIPs to an ECS, you must manually configure routing polici", "product_code":"ecs", - "title":"Can I Bind Multiple EIPs to an ECS?", + "title":"Can Multiple EIPs Be Bound to an ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0018073216.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"241", - "code":"242" + "p_code":"242", + "code":"243" }, { "desc":"Yes.Method 1: Configure a SNAT server.You can configure the SNAT server so that the ECS without an EIP bound can access the Internet.For details, see \"Configuring an SNAT", "product_code":"ecs", - "title":"Can an ECS Without an EIP Access the Internet?", + "title":"Can an ECS Without an EIP Bound Access the Internet?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0030013188.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"241", - "code":"243" + "p_code":"242", + "code":"244" }, { "desc":"After you purchase an EIP and bind it to an ECS, the EIP cannot be pinged on a local server or other cloud servers.The following fault causes are sequenced based on their", @@ -2192,8 +2201,8 @@ "title":"Why Can't an EIP Be Pinged?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0105130172.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"241", - "code":"244" + "p_code":"242", + "code":"245" }, { "desc":"You can remotely access an ECS but when you ping the EIP bound to the ECS, the ping operation fails.A desired inbound rule is not added for the security group, and ICMP i", @@ -2201,8 +2210,8 @@ "title":"Why Can I Remotely Access an ECS But Cannot Ping It?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0018078505.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"241", - "code":"245" + "p_code":"242", + "code":"246" }, { "desc":"Based on test results, if the ECS runs CentOS 7.0, NICs added to the ECS cannot start automatically. You must start the NICs manually.", @@ -2210,8 +2219,8 @@ "title":"Will NICs Added to an ECS Start Automatically?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0025445670.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"241", - "code":"246" + "p_code":"242", + "code":"247" }, { "desc":"For high-performance H2 ECSs equipped with an InfiniBand NIC driver (InfiniBand ECSs for short), perform the following operations to check whether the driver installation", @@ -2219,8 +2228,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Check Whether the Network Communication Is Normal Between Two ECSs Equipped with an InfiniBand NIC Driver?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0058747426.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"241", - "code":"247" + "p_code":"242", + "code":"248" }, { "desc":"IP over InfiniBand (IPoIB) allows IP data transmission over InfiniBand. For SUSE high-performance H2 and HL1 ECSs, if IPoIB is required, you must manually configure an IP", @@ -2228,8 +2237,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Manually Configure an IP Address for an InfiniBand NIC?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0083225171.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"241", - "code":"248" + "p_code":"242", + "code":"249" }, { "desc":"The NIC equipped on a disk-intensive or large-memory ECS does not work.The NIC driver has not been correctly installed.Disk-intensive and large-memory ECSs use passthroug", @@ -2237,8 +2246,8 @@ "title":"Why Is the NIC Not Working?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0036068717.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"241", - "code":"249" + "p_code":"242", + "code":"250" }, { "desc":"When the 20.4.1 driver package downloaded at Intel website https://downloadcenter.intel.com/search?keyword=Intel++Ethernet+Connections+CD was installed in a Windows 7 64b", @@ -2246,8 +2255,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Handle the Issue that a Windows 7 ECS Equipped with an Intel 82599 NIC Reports an Error in SR-IOV Scenarios?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0053287548.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"241", - "code":"250" + "p_code":"242", + "code":"251" }, { "desc":"The security group of the Linux ECS has been configured based on the prerequisites in Obtaining Metadata in the outbound direction, but the ECS still cannot obtain the me", @@ -2255,8 +2264,8 @@ "title":"Why Can't My Linux ECS Obtain Metadata?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001138811177.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"241", - "code":"251" + "p_code":"242", + "code":"252" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to obtain the MAC address of an ECS.The MAC address of an ECS cannot be changed.Log in to the Linux ECS.Run the following command to view the M", @@ -2264,8 +2273,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Obtain the MAC Address of My ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0101604506.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"241", - "code":"252" + "p_code":"242", + "code":"253" }, { "desc":"Use netperf and iperf3 to test network performance between ECSs. The test operations include preparations, TCP bandwidth test, UDP PPS test, and latency test.Tested ECS: ", @@ -2273,8 +2282,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Test Network Performance?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0115820205.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"241", - "code":"253" + "p_code":"242", + "code":"254" }, { "desc":"You attempt to use DHCP to obtain a private IP address, but you cannot obtain the IP address.For Linux, a private IP address cannot be assigned.For Windows, a private IP ", @@ -2282,8 +2291,8 @@ "title":"Why Can't I Use DHCP to Obtain a Private IP Address?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0105130173.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"241", - "code":"254" + "p_code":"242", + "code":"255" }, { "desc":"Modify the kernel parameters only if the parameter settings affect your services. Kernel parameters vary depending on OS versions. If the parameter settings must be modif", @@ -2291,8 +2300,8 @@ "title":"How Can I View and Modify Kernel Parameters of a Linux ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0107659745.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"241", - "code":"255" + "p_code":"242", + "code":"256" }, { "desc":"It is expected that the EIP and port on ECS 1 accessed from the Internet can be automatically redirected to the EIP and port on ECS 2.For example, to redirect port 8080 o", @@ -2300,8 +2309,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Configure Port Redirection?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0101604507.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"241", - "code":"256" + "p_code":"242", + "code":"257" }, { "desc":"No. The ECSs of different accounts cannot communicate with each other over an intranet.", @@ -2309,8 +2318,8 @@ "title":"Can the ECSs of Different Accounts Communicate over an Intranet?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0018078501.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"241", - "code":"257" + "p_code":"242", + "code":"258" }, { "desc":"You can customize your network to deploy the ECSs. Therefore, whether they are in the same subnet is totally up to you.", @@ -2318,8 +2327,8 @@ "title":"Will ECSs That I Purchased Deployed in the Same Subnet?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0018078503.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"241", - "code":"258" + "p_code":"242", + "code":"259" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2327,8 +2336,8 @@ "title":"Resource Management and Tags", "uri":"en-us_topic_0208809315.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"141", - "code":"259" + "p_code":"142", + "code":"260" }, { "desc":"Log in to the management console.Select the region where the ECS is located.Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.Click the name of the target ECS.The page providin", @@ -2336,8 +2345,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Create and Delete Tags and Search for ECSs by Tag?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0101604501.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"259", - "code":"260" + "p_code":"260", + "code":"261" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2345,8 +2354,8 @@ "title":"Resource Monitoring", "uri":"en-us_topic_0208809316.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"141", - "code":"261" + "p_code":"142", + "code":"262" }, { "desc":"If your Windows ECS runs slowly or is inaccessible unexpectedly, the bandwidth or vCPU usage of the ECS may be excessively high. If you have created an alarm rule using C", @@ -2354,8 +2363,8 @@ "title":"Why Is My Windows ECS Running Slowly?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0167429328.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"261", - "code":"262" + "p_code":"262", + "code":"263" }, { "desc":"If your Linux ECS runs slowly or is inaccessible unexpectedly, the bandwidth or vCPU usage of the ECS may be excessively high. If you have created an alarm rule using Clo", @@ -2363,8 +2372,8 @@ "title":"Why Is My Linux ECS Running Slowly?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0167429329.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"261", - "code":"263" + "p_code":"262", + "code":"264" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2372,8 +2381,8 @@ "title":"Database Applications", "uri":"en-us_topic_0018124789.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"141", - "code":"264" + "p_code":"142", + "code":"265" }, { "desc":"Yes. There is no limitation on this operation. You can deploy a database of any type on an ECS.", @@ -2381,8 +2390,8 @@ "title":"Can a Database Be Deployed on an ECS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0018078507.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"264", - "code":"265" + "p_code":"265", + "code":"266" }, { "desc":"Yes. You are advised to perform a performance test beforehand to ensure that the Oracle database can meet your requirements.", @@ -2390,8 +2399,8 @@ "title":"Does an ECS Support Oracle Databases?", "uri":"en-us_topic_0018078509.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"264", - "code":"266" + "p_code":"265", + "code":"267" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2400,7 +2409,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0041169567.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"267" + "code":"268" }, { "desc":"For details about the terms involved in this document, see Glossary.", @@ -2409,6 +2418,6 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0047898078.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"268" + "code":"269" } ] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_image_0000001346921122.png b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_image_0000001346921122.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c61a16a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_image_0000001346921122.png differ diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_image_0000001346942780.png b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_image_0000001346942780.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97de362b8 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_image_0000001346942780.png differ diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_image_0000001347546258.png b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_image_0000001347546258.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8d836f9b4 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_image_0000001347546258.png differ diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_image_0000001347858206.png b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_image_0000001347858206.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..06bd4b846 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_image_0000001347858206.png differ diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_image_0121682580.png b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_image_0000001377299565.png similarity index 100% rename from docs/ecs/umn/en-us_image_0121682580.png rename to docs/ecs/umn/en-us_image_0000001377299565.png diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_image_0121682602.png b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_image_0000001377418737.png similarity index 100% rename from docs/ecs/umn/en-us_image_0121682602.png rename to docs/ecs/umn/en-us_image_0000001377418737.png diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_image_0000001384584706.png b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_image_0000001384584706.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c667b859 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_image_0000001384584706.png differ diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0000001128604648.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0000001128604648.html index 7aeb07da9..3ff6f9eb6 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0000001128604648.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0000001128604648.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@

Backing Up ECS Data

-

Scenarios

CBR enhances data integrity and service continuity. For example, if an ECS or a EVS disk is faulty or a misoperation causes data loss, you can use data backups to quickly restore data. This section describes how to back up ECSs and EVS disks.

+

Scenarios

CBR enhances data integrity and service continuity. For example, if an ECS or EVS disk is faulty or a misoperation causes data loss, you can use data backups to quickly restore data. This section describes how to back up ECSs and EVS disks.

For more information, CBR Architecture, Backup Mechanism, and Backup Options.

You can back up ECS data using Cloud Server Backup or Cloud Disk Backup.
  • Cloud Server Backup (recommended): Use this backup function if you want to back up the data of all EVS disks (system and data disks) on an ECS. This prevents data inconsistency caused by time difference in creating a backup.
  • Cloud Disk Backup: Use this backup function if you want to back up the data of one or more EVS disks (system or data disk) on an ECS. This minimizes backup costs on the basis of data security.
diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0000001174675379.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0000001174675379.html index f3095b353..255e218f4 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0000001174675379.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0000001174675379.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@

What Is CBR?

Cloud Backup and Recovery (CBR) enables you to back up cloud servers and disks with ease. In case of a virus attack, accidental deletion, or software or hardware fault, you can restore data to any point in the past when the data was backed up.

CBR protects your services by ensuring the security and consistency of your data.

-

Differences Between Cloud Server Backup and Cloud Disk Backup

You can back up ECS data using the Cloud Server Backup or Cloud Disk Backup function.
  • Cloud Server Backup (recommended): Use this backup function if you want to back up the data of all EVS disks (system and data disks) on an ECS. This prevents data inconsistency caused by time difference in creating a backup.
  • Cloud Disk Backup: Use this backup function if you want to back up the data of one or more EVS disks (system or data disk) on an ECS. This minimizes backup costs on the basis of data security.
+

Differences Between Cloud Server Backup and Cloud Disk Backup

You can back up ECS data using Cloud Server Backup or Cloud Disk Backup.
  • Cloud Server Backup (recommended): Use this backup function if you want to back up the data of all EVS disks (system and data disks) on an ECS. This prevents data inconsistency caused by time difference in creating a backup.
  • Cloud Disk Backup: Use this backup function if you want to back up the data of one or more EVS disks (system or data disk) on an ECS. This minimizes backup costs on the basis of data security.
diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0000001278335673.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0000001278335673.html index 0048e495f..e0dfc5ca7 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0000001278335673.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0000001278335673.html @@ -2,10 +2,10 @@

Application Scenarios for Using Key Pairs

Key Pairs

Key pairs are a set of security credentials for identity authentication when you remotely log in to ECSs.

-

A key pair consists of a public key and a private key. ECS stores the public key and you store the private key. If you have imported a public key into a Linux ECS, you can use the corresponding private key to log in to the ECS without a password. Therefore, you do not need to worry about password interception, cracking, or leakage.

+

A key pair consists of a public key and a private key. Key Pair Service (KPS) stores the public key and you store the private key. If you have imported a public key into a Linux ECS, you can use the corresponding private key to log in to the ECS without a password. Therefore, you do not need to worry about password interception, cracking, or leakage.

Scenarios

When purchasing an ECS, you are advised to select the key pair login mode. For Windows ECSs, key pairs are required to decrypt the passwords so that you can use the decrypted password to log in.

-
  • Logging in to a Linux ECS
    You can directly use a key pair to log in.
    • When creating an ECS, select the key pair login mode. For details, see "Set Login Mode" in Step 3: Configure Advanced Settings.
    • After the ECS is created, bind a key pair to the ECS by referring to "Binding a Key Pair" in the Data Encryption Workshop User Guide.
    +
    • Logging in to a Linux ECS
      You can directly use a key pair to log in.
      • When creating an ECS, select the key pair login mode. For details, see "Set Login Mode" in Step 3: Configure Advanced Settings.
      • After the ECS is created, bind a key pair to the ECS by referring to "Binding a Key Pair" in the Data Encryption Workshop User Guide.
    • Logging in to a Windows ECS

      You can use the key pair to obtain a password for login. The password is randomly generated and therefore is more secure.

      diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0000001278350057.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0000001278350057.html index 53d5a8305..076ef2e93 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0000001278350057.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0000001278350057.html @@ -3,8 +3,8 @@

      (Recommended) Creating a Key Pair on the Management Console

      Scenarios

      You can use the management console to create a key pair. ECS stores the public key and you store the private key.

      -

      Procedure

      1. Log in to the management console.
      2. Click in the upper left corner and select your region and project.
      3. Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.
      4. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Key Pair.
      5. On the Key Pair Service page, click Create Key Pair.
      6. Enter a key pair name and click OK.

        The default key pair name consists of KeyPair- and four random characters in the "KeyPair-xxxx" format. Change it to an easy-to-remember one, for example, KeyPair-xxxx_ecs.

        -
      7. Manually or automatically download a .pem private key file with the name that you specify as the key name. Store it in a secure place and click OK.

        This is the only chance for you to save the private key file. Keep it secure. You'll need to provide the key pair name when you create an ECS, and the corresponding private key each time you connect to the ECS through SSH.

        +

        Procedure

        1. Log in to the management console.
        2. Click in the upper left corner and select your region and project.
        3. Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.
        4. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Key Pair.
        5. On the Key Pair Service page, click Create Key Pair.
        6. Enter a key pair name.

          A key pair name consists of two parts: KeyPair and four random digits (KeyPair-xxxx).

          +
        7. Click OK.
        8. Manually or automatically download a .pem private key file with the name that you specify as the key name. Store it in a secure place and click OK.

          This is the only chance for you to save the private key file. Keep it secure. You'll need to provide the key pair name when you create an ECS, and the corresponding private key each time you connect to the ECS through SSH.

        diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0013771089.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0013771089.html index 6f876ec2b..4b25450a0 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0013771089.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0013771089.html @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
Table 1 Differences between cloud server backup and cloud disk backup

Item

Windows

Use a remote login tool, such as PuTTY or Xshell.

- +

The target ECS has an EIP bound.

@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@

Linux

Run commands.

- +

Windows

diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0013771092.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0013771092.html index cd6120e74..fc3967a47 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0013771092.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0013771092.html @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@

Follow-up Procedure

Perform the following operations in the event of a specifications modification failure:

-
  1. Log in to the management console.
  2. Under Management & Deployment, click Cloud Trace Service.
  3. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Trace List.
  4. In the Trace Name column, locate the resizeServer event by resource ID.

    The resource ID is the ID of the ECS on which the specifications modification failed.

    +
    1. Log in to the management console.
    2. Under Management & Deployment, select Cloud Trace Service.
    3. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Trace List.
    4. In the Trace Name column, locate the resizeServer event by resource ID.

      The resource ID is the ID of the ECS on which the specifications modification failed.

    5. Click View Trace in the Operation column to view the failure cause.

      If the fault cannot be rectified based on logs, contact customer service.

diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0013771111.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0013771111.html index 8ae9d9e13..1e8da9bb5 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0013771111.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0013771111.html @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
  • Key Management Service (KMS)

    The encryption feature relies on KMS. You can use an encrypted image or EVS disks when creating an ECS. In such a case, you are required to use the key provided by KMS to improve data security.

  • Cloud Trace Service (CTS)

    Records ECS-related operations for later query, audit, and backtrack.

  • Cloud Backup and Recovery (CBR)

    Backs up EVS disks and ECSs for restoration. You can back up all EVS disks (including the system disk and data disks) attached to an ECS and use the backup to restore the ECS data.

    -
  • Tag Management Service (TMS)

    A tag identifies an ECS. Adding tags to an ECS facilitates ECS identification and management.

    +
  • Tag Management Service (TMS)

    Tags can be used to identify ECSs for easy management.

    • diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0013771112.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0013771112.html index 6f405a893..10f31452e 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0013771112.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0013771112.html @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ -

    What Is ECS?

    +

    What Is ECS?

    An Elastic Cloud Server (ECS) is a basic computing unit that consists of vCPUs, memory, OS, and Elastic Volume Service (EVS) disks. After an ECS is created, you can use it on the cloud similarly to how you would use your local PC or physical server.

    ECSs support self-service creation, modification, and operation. You can create an ECS by specifying its vCPUs, memory, OS, and login mode. After an ECS is created, you can modify its specifications if necessary. ECS works with other services to provide a reliable, secure, efficient computing environment.

    - +

    System Architecture

    ECS works with other products and services to provide computing, storage, and network resources. You can quickly migrate and replicate existing ECSs using images.

    • ECSs can be deployed in multiple availability zones (AZs) connected with each other through an internal network. If one AZ becomes faulty, other AZs in the same region will not be affected.
    • With the Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) service, you can build your own dedicated network on the cloud. You can also set subnets and security groups within your VPC for further isolation. You can allow your VPC to communicate with the external network through an EIP (bandwidth support required).
    • With the Image Management Service (IMS), you can use an image to create ECSs. Alternatively, you can use an existing ECS to create a private image and use the private image to create the same ECSs for rapid service deployment.
    • Elastic Volume Service (EVS) provides storage space and Volume Backup Service (VBS) provides data backup and restoration functions.
    • Cloud Eye lets you keep a close eye on the performance and resource utilization of ECSs, ensuring ECS reliability and availability.
    • Volume Backup Service (VBS) allows you to create data backups for EVS disks and use the backups to restore the EVS disks. This maximizes user data correctness and security.
    • Cloud Server Backup Service (CSBS) backs up all EVS disks of an ECS, including the system disk and data disks, and uses the backup to restore the ECS.
    Figure 1 System architecture
    -

    Access Methods

    The public cloud provides a web-based service management platform. You can access ECSs through HTTPS-compliant application programming interfaces (APIs) or the management console.
    • Accessing ECSs through APIs

      Use this method if you are required to integrate the ECSs on the public cloud platform into a third-party system for secondary development. For detailed operations, see Elastic Cloud Server API Reference.

      +

      Access Methods

      You can access ECS through the web-based management console or HTTPS-based application programming interfaces (APIs).
      • Accessing ECSs through APIs

        Use this method if you intend to integrate the ECSs on the cloud platform into a third-party system for secondary development. For details, see Elastic Cloud Server API Reference.

      • Accessing ECSs through the management console

        Use this method if you are not required to integrate ECSs with a third-party system.

        -

        After registering on the public cloud platform, log in to the management console and click Elastic Cloud Server under Compute on the homepage.

        +

        Log in to the management console with your account and choose Elastic Cloud Server on the homepage.

      diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0017130261.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0017130261.html index 37140b802..3d18cddbf 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0017130261.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0017130261.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@

      Scenarios

      After obtaining ECSs, you can view and manage them on the management console. This section describes how to view detailed ECS configurations, including its name, image, system disk, data disks, VPC, NIC, security group, and EIP.

      To view the private IP address of an ECS, view it on the Elastic Cloud Server page.

      -

      Procedure

      1. Log in to the management console.
      2. Click in the upper left corner and select your region and project.
      3. Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.

        The Elastic Cloud Server page is displayed. On this page, you can view your ECSs and the basic information about the ECSs, such as their private IP addresses.

        +

        Procedure

        1. Log in to the management console.
        2. Click in the upper left corner and select your region and project.
        3. Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.

          The Elastic Cloud Server page is displayed. On this page, you can view your ECSs and the basic information about the ECSs, such as their private IP addresses.

        4. In the search box above the ECS list, enter the ECS name, IP address, or ID, and click for search. Alternatively, click Search by Tag above the upper right corner of the ECS list and search for an ECS by tag key and value.
        5. Click the name of the target ECS.

          The page providing details about the ECS is displayed.

        6. View the ECS details.

          You can modify ECS configurations, for example, change its security group, add a NIC or tag to it, or bind an EIP to it, by clicking corresponding links or buttons.

        diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0017955380.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0017955380.html index 33a6c1d33..0ffaa94e2 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0017955380.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0017955380.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@

        Login Using an SSH Key

        -

        Scenarios

        This section describes how to remotely log in to a Linux ECS using an SSH key pair from Windows and Linux, respectively.

        +

        Scenarios

        This section describes how to remotely log in to a Linux ECS using an SSH key pair from a Windows and a Linux server, respectively.

        Prerequisites

        • You have configured the inbound rules of the security group. For details, see Configuring Security Group Rules.
        • The network connection between the login tool (PuTTY) and the target ECS is normal. For example, the default port 22 is not blocked by the firewall.
        -

        Logging In to the Linux ECS from Local Windows

        To log in to the Linux ECS from local Windows, perform the operations described in this section.

        +

        Logging In to the Linux ECS from Local Windows Server

        To log in to the Linux ECS from local Windows, perform the operations described in this section.

        Method 1: Use PuTTY to log in to the ECS.

        The following operations use PuTTY as an example. Before logging in to the ECS using PuTTY, make sure that the private key file has been converted to .ppk format.
        1. Check whether the private key file has been converted to .ppk format.
          • If yes, go to step 7.
          • If no, go to step 2.
        2. Visit the following website and download PuTTY and PuTTYgen:

          https://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/latest.html

          @@ -20,16 +20,16 @@

        Method 2: Use Xshell to log in to the ECS.

        -
        1. Start the Xshell tool.
        2. Run the following command using the EIP to remotely log in to the ECS through SSH:

          ssh Username@EIP

          +
          1. Start the Xshell tool.
          2. Run the following command using the EIP to remotely log in to the ECS through SSH:

            ssh Username@EIP

            • If a public image is used, see Public Images Introduction for the image username.
            • If a private image is used, use the username of the private image.
          3. (Optional) If the system displays the SSH Security Warning dialog box, click Accept & Save.
            Figure 2 SSH Security Warning
          4. Select Public Key and click Browse beside the user key text box.
          5. In the user key dialog box, click Import.
          6. Select the locally stored key file and click Open.
          7. Click OK to log in to the ECS.
        -

        Logging In to the Linux ECS from Local Linux

        To log in to the Linux ECS from local Linux, perform the operations described in this section. The following operations use private key file kp-123.pem as an example to log in to the ECS. The name of your private key file may differ.
        1. On the Linux CLI, run the following command to change operation permissions:

          chmod 400 /path/kp-123.pem

          +

          Logging In to the Linux ECS from Local Linux Server

          To log in to the Linux ECS from local Linux, perform the operations described in this section. The following operations use private key file kp-123.pem as an example to log in to the ECS. The name of your private key file may differ.
          1. On the Linux CLI, run the following command to change operation permissions:

            chmod 400 /path/kp-123.pem

            In the preceding command, path refers to the path where the key file is saved.

            -
          2. Run the following command to log in to the ECS:

            ssh -i /path/kp-123.pem Default username@EIP

            +
          3. Run the following command to log in to the ECS:

            ssh -i /path/kp-123.pem Default username@EIP

            For example, if the default username is root and the EIP is 123.123.123.123, run the following command:

            ssh -i /path/kp-123.pem root@123.123.123.123

            In the preceding command:

            diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0017955633.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0017955633.html index ba6d8afb3..8fc7a977f 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0017955633.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0017955633.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@

            Login Using an SSH Password

            -

            Scenarios

            This section describes how to remotely log in to a Linux ECS using an SSH password from Windows and Linux, respectively.

            +

            Scenarios

            This section describes how to remotely log in to a Linux ECS using an SSH password from a Windows and a Linux server, respectively.

            Logging in to a Linux ECS using SSH password authentication is disabled by default. If you require password authentication, configure it after logging in to the ECS. To ensure system security, reset the common user password for logging in to the Linux ECS after configuring SSH password authentication.

            @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
          4. After the SSH connection to the ECS is set up, enter the username and password as prompted to log in to the ECS.

          Logging In to the Linux ECS from a Local Linux Server

          To log in to the Linux ECS from a local Linux server, run the following command:

          -

          ssh EIP bound to the ECS

          +

          ssh EIP bound to the ECS

          diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0018073215.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0018073215.html index 27c709af9..3820f52ad 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0018073215.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0018073215.html @@ -1,37 +1,36 @@

          Can I Attach Multiple Disks to an ECS?

          -
          Yes. The ECSs created after the disk function upgrade can have up to 60 attached disks.
          • When you create an ECS, you can attach 24 disks to it.
          • After you create an ECS, you can attach up to 60 disks to it.

            - -
            Table 1 Numbers of disks that can be attached to a newly created ECS

            ECS Type

            +
            Yes. The ECSs created after the disk function upgrade can have up to 60 attached disks.
            • When you create an ECS, you can attach 24 disks to it.
            • After you create an ECS, you can attach up to 60 disks to it. +
              - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0018073216.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0018073216.html index 88a456543..4bdc2413a 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0018073216.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0018073216.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -

              Can I Bind Multiple EIPs to an ECS?

              -

              Scenarios

              You can bind multiple EIPs to an ECS. However, this configuration is not recommended.

              -

              To bind multiple EIPs to an ECS, you must manually configure routes.

              +

              Can Multiple EIPs Be Bound to an ECS?

              +

              Scenarios

              Multiple EIPs can be bound to an ECS, but this operation is not recommended.

              +

              If you really need to bind multiple EIPs to an ECS, you must manually configure routing policies, which requires high network skills. Exercise caution when performing this operation.

              Configuration Example

              Table 1 lists ECS configurations.

              @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
              - @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@

              Exercise caution when deleting the default route because this operation will interrupt the network and result in SSH login failures.

            • Run the following command to configure a new default route:

              ip route add 0.0.0.0/0 dev eth1 via 192.168.2.1

              -

              In the preceding command, 192.168.2.1 is the gateway IP address of standby NIC eth1.

              +

              In the preceding command, 192.168.2.1 is the gateway IP address of standby NIC eth1.

              • diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0018124785.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0018124785.html index 314cb6826..501aa5d24 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0018124785.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0018124785.html @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@
                -
              • Can I Bind Multiple EIPs to an ECS?
                +
              • Can Multiple EIPs Be Bound to an ECS?
                • -
              • Can an ECS Without an EIP Access the Internet?
                +
              • Can an ECS Without an EIP Bound Access the Internet?
              • Why Can't an EIP Be Pinged?
                • diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0018339851.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0018339851.html index 25cd03b66..b41fe727f 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0018339851.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0018339851.html @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@

                Why Does an Authentication Failure Occurs After I Attempt to Remotely Log In to a Windows ECS?

                Symptom

                When a local computer running Windows attempts to access a Windows ECS using RDP (for example, MSTSC), an identity authentication failure occurs and the desired function is not supported.

                -
                • If the error message contains only the information that an identity authentication failure occurs and that the desired function is not supported, rectify the fault by following the instructions provided in Solution.
                • If the error message shows that the fault was caused by "CredSSP Encryption Oracle Remediation", as shown in Figure 1, the fault may be caused by a security patch released by Microsoft in March 2018. This patch may affect RDP-based CredSSP connections. As a result, setting up RDP-based connections to ECSs failed. Rectify the fault by following the instructions provided in Microsoft documents.
                  Figure 1 Failed to set up a remote desktop connection
                  +
                  • If the error message contains only the information that an identity authentication failure occurs and that the desired function is not supported, rectify the fault by following the instructions provided in Solution.
                  • If the error message shows that the fault was caused by "CredSSP Encryption Oracle Remediation", as shown in Figure 1, the fault may be caused by a security patch released by Microsoft in March 2018. This patch may affect RDP-based CredSSP connections. As a result, setting up RDP-based connections to ECSs failed. Rectify the fault by following the instructions provided in official Microsoft document.
                    Figure 1 Failed to set up a remote desktop connection

                Solution

                Modify the remote desktop connection settings on the Windows ECS:

                diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0021426802.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0021426802.html index 4c1113454..6cee969ab 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0021426802.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0021426802.html @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Windows fully (no hibernation or fast restarting), or mount the volume read-only with the 'ro' mount option.

                Back up the disk data, run the following command to rectify the NTFS file system inconsistency, and attach the system disk:

                ntfsfix /dev/Result obtained in step 2.a

                -

                For example, if the result obtained in step 2.a is xvde2, run the following command:

                +

                For example, if the result obtained in step 2.a is xvde2, run the following command:

                ntfsfix /dev/xvde2

              • Change the password and clear the original password.
                1. Run the following command to back up the SAM file:

                  cp /mnt/Windows/System32/config/SAM /mnt/Windows/System32/config/SAM.bak

                  diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0021427650.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0021427650.html index 452739ba7..e249d134e 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0021427650.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0021427650.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -

                  Resetting the Password for Logging In to a Linux ECS

                  +

                  Resetting the Password for Logging In to a Linux ECS

                  Scenarios

                  Keep your password secure. Reset the password if:

                  • The password is forgotten.
                  • The password has expired.

                  This section describes how to reset the password of user root. After resetting the password, you can log in to the ECS, and change the private key or reset the password of a non-root user.

                  @@ -13,7 +13,8 @@
                2. Locate the row containing the system disk to be detached and click Detach to detach the system disk from the ECS.
                3. On the page providing details about the temporary ECS, click the Disks tab.
                4. Click Attach Disk. In the displayed dialog box, select the system disk detached in step 2.b and attach it to the temporary ECS.
              • Log in to the temporary ECS remotely and reset the password.
                1. Locate the row containing the temporary ECS and click Remote Login in the Operation column.
                2. Run the following command to view the directory of the system disk detached from the original Linux ECS now attached to the temporary ECS:

                  fdisk -l

                  -
                3. Run the following commands in the directory where the script is stored to run the script for resetting the password:

                  chmod +x changepasswd.sh

                  +
                  Figure 1 Viewing the directory of the system disk
                  +
                4. Run the following commands in the directory where the changepasswd.sh script is stored to run the script for resetting the password:

                  chmod +x changepasswd.sh

                  ./changepasswd.sh

                  When you run the password reset script, if the system displays a message indicating that there is no command related to logical volume manager (LVM), such as the message "no lvs command", install an LVM tool on the temporary ECS. The LVM2 tool is recommended, which can be installed by running the yum install lvm2 command.

                  If the original ECS and the temporary ECS both run CentOS 7, a mount failure may occur during script execution. To resolve this issue, replace mount $dev $mountPath with mount -o nouuid $dev $mountPath in the script.

                  @@ -27,7 +28,7 @@
                5. Change PermitRootLogin no to PermitRootLogin yes.

                  Alternatively, delete the comment tag (#) before PermitRootLogin yes.

                6. Change the value of AllowUsers to root.

                  Search for AllowUsers in the file. If AllowUsers is unavailable, add it at the end of the file.

              -
            • Stop the temporary ECS, detach the system disk, attach the system disk to the original Linux ECS, and restart the original Linux ECS.
              1. Stop the temporary ECS, switch to the page providing details about the ECS, and click the Disks tab.
              2. Click Detach to detach the data disk attached in step 2.
              3. On the page providing details about the original Linux ECS, click the Disks tab.
              4. Click Attach Disk. In the displayed dialog box, select the data disk detached in step 5.b and device name /dev/sda.
              5. Restart the original Linux ECS.
              +
            • Stop the temporary ECS, detach the system disk, attach the system disk to the original Linux ECS, and restart the original Linux ECS.
              1. Stop the temporary ECS, switch to the page providing details about the ECS, and click the Disks tab.
              2. Click Detach to detach the data disk attached in step 2.
              3. On the page providing details about the original Linux ECS, click the Disks tab.
              4. Click Attach Disk. In the displayed dialog box, select the data disk detached in 5.b.
              5. Restart the original Linux ECS.
              • @@ -37,3 +38,10 @@ + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0024911405.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0024911405.html index b27089edf..0f33dce81 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0024911405.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0024911405.html @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@

              Prerequisites

              • The target ECS is stopped.
              • The target ECS has a system disk attached.

              Procedure

              1. Log in to the management console.
              2. Click in the upper left corner and select your region and project.
              3. Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.
              4. Locate the row containing the target ECS. Click More in the Operation column and select Manage Image/Disk > Reinstall OS.

                Only stopped ECSs support OS reinstallation. If the ECS is not stopped, stop it before proceeding with reinstallation.

                -
              5. (Optional) Select the Encryption option to encrypt the system disk during OS reinstallation.

                To enable encryption, click Create Xrole to assign KMS access permissions to EVS. If you have rights granting permission, assign the KMS access permissions to EVS. If you do not have the permission, contact the user having the security administrator rights to assign the KMS access permissions. For more details, see Can All Users Use the Encryption Feature?

                +
              6. (Optional) Select the Encryption option to encrypt the system disk during OS reinstallation.

                To enable encryption, click Create Xrole to assign KMS access permissions to EVS. If you have rights granting permission, assign the KMS access permissions to EVS. If you do not have the permission, contact the user having the security administrator rights to assign the KMS access permissions. For details, see Can All Users Use the Encryption Feature?

                Encryption parameters are as follows:

                -
                • Encryption: indicates that the EVS disk has been encrypted.
                • Create Xrole: assigns KMS access permissions to EVS to obtain KMS keys. After the permissions are assigned, follow-up operations do not require assigning permissions again.
                • KMS Key Name: specifies the name of the key used by the encrypted EVS disk. You can select an existing key, or click Create KMS Key and create a new one on the KMS console. The default value is evs/default.
                • Xrole Name: EVSAccessKMS: specifies that permissions have been assigned to EVS to obtain KMS keys for encrypting or decrypting EVS disks.
                • KMS Key ID: specifies the ID of the key used by the encrypted data disk.
                +
                • Encryption: indicates that the EVS disk has been encrypted.
                • Create Xrole: assigns KMS access permissions to EVS to obtain KMS keys. After the permissions are assigned, follow-up operations do not require assigning permissions again.
                • Xrole Name: EVSAccessKMS: specifies that permissions have been assigned to EVS to obtain KMS keys for encrypting or decrypting EVS disks.
                • KMS Key Name: specifies the name of the key used by the encrypted EVS disk. You can select an existing key, or click Create KMS Key and create a new one on the KMS console. The default value is evs/default.
                • KMS Key ID: specifies the ID of the key used by the encrypted data disk.
              7. (Optional) Select a License Type (Use license from the system or Bring your own license (BYOL)) if the reinstalled OS running on your ECS is billed. For more details, see License Type.

                The following OSs are billed:

                • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server
                • Oracle Enterprise Linux
                • Red Hat Enterprise Linux
              8. Configure the login mode.

                If the target ECS uses key pair authentication, you can replace the original key pair.

                @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
              -

              Follow-up Procedure

              If the reinstallation is unsuccessful, perform steps 3 to 9 again to retry reinstalling the OS again.

              +

              Follow-up Procedure

              If the reinstallation is unsuccessful, perform steps 3 to 9 again to retry the OS installation.

              If the second reinstallation attempt is unsuccessful, contact customer service for manual recovery at the backend.

              diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0024912311.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0024912311.html index df8d4df70..116e71464 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0024912311.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0024912311.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@

              Can I Select Another OS During ECS OS Reinstallation?

              -

              No. You can use only the original image of the ECS to reinstall the OS. You need to use a new image if you want to change the OS. For details, see Changing the OS.

              +

              No. You can use only the original image of the ECS to reinstall the OS. To use a new system image, see Changing the OS.

              diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0027157850.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0027157850.html index 8c7bd9265..fbd5a9e3d 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0027157850.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0027157850.html @@ -2,13 +2,13 @@

              Enabling Internet Connectivity for an ECS Without an EIP

              Scenarios

              To ensure platform security and conserve EIPs, EIPs are assigned only to specified ECSs. ECSs without EIPs cannot access the Internet directly. If these ECSs need to access the Internet (for example, to perform a software upgrade or install a patch), you can select an ECS with an EIP bound to function as a proxy ECS, providing an access channel for these ECSs.

              -

              NAT Gateway is recommended, which provides both the SNAT and DNAT functions for your ECSs in a VPC and allows the ECSs to access or provide services accessible from the Internet.

              +

              NAT Gateway is recommended, which provides both the SNAT and DNAT functions for your ECSs in a VPC and allows the ECSs to access or provide services accessible from the Internet. For details, see NAT Gateway User Guide.

              Prerequisites

              • A proxy ECS with an EIP bound is available.
              • The IP address of the proxy ECS is in the same network and same security group as the ECSs that need to access the Internet.

              Linux Proxy ECS

              In this example, the proxy ECS runs CentOS 6.5.

              -
              1. Log in to the management console.
              2. Click in the upper left corner and select your region and project.
              3. Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.
              4. In the search box above the upper right corner of the ECS list, enter the proxy ECS name for search.
              5. Click the name of the proxy ECS. The page providing details about the ECS is displayed.
              6. Click the Network Interfaces tab and then . Then, disable Source/Destination Check.

                By default, the source/destination check function is enabled. When this function is enabled, the system checks whether source IP addresses contained in the packets sent by ECSs are correct. If the IP addresses are incorrect, the system does not allow the ECSs to send the packets. This mechanism prevents packet spoofing, thereby improving system security. However, this mechanism prevents the packet sender from receiving returned packets. Therefore, disable the source/destination check.

                +
                1. Log in to the management console.
                2. Click in the upper left corner and select your region and project.
                3. Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.
                4. In the search box above the upper right corner of the ECS list, enter the proxy ECS name for search.
                5. Click the name of the proxy ECS. The page providing details about the ECS is displayed.
                6. On the Network Interfaces tab, click . Then, disable Source/Destination Check.

                  By default, the source/destination check function is enabled. When this function is enabled, the system checks whether source IP addresses contained in the packets sent by ECSs are correct. If the IP addresses are incorrect, the system does not allow the ECSs to send the packets. This mechanism prevents packet spoofing, thereby improving system security. However, this mechanism prevents the packet sender from receiving returned packets. Therefore, disable the source/destination check.

                7. Log in to the proxy ECS.

                  For more details, see Login Overview.

                8. Run the following command to check whether the proxy ECS can access the Internet:

                  ping www.google.com

                  The proxy ECS can access the Internet if information similar to the following is displayed:

                  @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
                9. Run the following command to check whether SNAT has been configured:

                  iptables -t nat --list

                  SNAT has been configured if information similar to Figure 1 is displayed.

                  Figure 1 Successful SNAT configuration
                  -
                10. Add a route.
                  1. Log in to the management console.
                  2. Click in the upper left corner and select your region and project.
                  3. Under Network, click Virtual Private Cloud.
                  4. Choose Route Tables in the left navigation pane. On the displayed page, click a VPC which a route is to be added to. On the displayed page, click Add Route.
                  5. Set route information on the displayed page.
                    • Destination: indicates the destination network segment. The default value is 0.0.0.0/0.
                    • Next Hop: indicates the private IP address of the SNAT ECS.

                      You can obtain the private IP address of the ECS on the Elastic Cloud Server page.

                      +
                    • Add a route.
                      1. Log in to the management console.
                      2. Click in the upper left corner and select your region and project.
                      3. Under Network, click Virtual Private Cloud.
                      4. Choose Route Tables in the left navigation pane. On the displayed page, click a VPC which a route is to be added to. On the displayed page, click Add Route.
                      5. Set route information on the displayed page.
                        • Destination: indicates the destination network segment. The default value is 0.0.0.0/0.
                        • Next Hop: indicates the private IP address of the SNAT ECS.

                          You can obtain the private IP address of the ECS on the Elastic Cloud Server page.

                    • To delete the added iptables rules, run the following command:

                      iptables -t nat -D POSTROUTING -o eth0 -s subnet/netmask-bits -j SNAT --to nat-instance-ip

                      diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0027371529.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0027371529.html index 2fb7492f7..2e2afa8e4 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0027371529.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0027371529.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@

                      Monitoring ECSs

                      -

                      Monitoring is key for ensuring ECS performance, reliability, and availability. Using monitored data, you can determine ECS resource utilization. The cloud service platform provides Cloud Eye to help you obtain the running statuses of your ECSs. You can use Cloud Eye to automatically monitor ECSs in real time and manage alarms and notifications to keep track of ECS performance metrics.

                      +

                      Monitoring is key for ensuring ECS performance, reliability, and availability. Using monitored data, you can determine ECS resource utilization. The cloud platform provides Cloud Eye to help you obtain the running statuses of your ECSs. You can use Cloud Eye to automatically monitor ECSs in real time and manage alarms and notifications to keep track of ECS performance metrics.

                      This section covers the following content:

                      • Viewing basic ECS metrics
                      • Customizing ECS alarm rules
                      • Viewing ECS running statuses for routine monitoring
                      diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0027371530.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0027371530.html index 9c3e77219..6f77e2596 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0027371530.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0027371530.html @@ -1,8 +1,9 @@

                      Viewing ECS Metrics

                      -

                      Scenarios

                      The public cloud platform provides Cloud Eye, which monitors the running statuses of your ECSs. You can obtain the monitoring metrics of each ECS on the management console.

                      +

                      Scenarios

                      The cloud platform provides Cloud Eye, which monitors the running statuses of your ECSs. You can obtain the monitoring metrics of each ECS on the management console.

                      +

                      There a short time delay between transmission and display of monitoring data. The status of an ECS displayed on Cloud Eye is the status obtained 5 to 10 minutes before. If an ECS is just created, wait for 5 to 10 minutes to view the real-time monitoring data.

                      Prerequisites

                      • The ECS is running properly.

                        Cloud Eye does not display the monitoring data for a stopped, faulty, or deleted ECS. After such an ECS restarts or recovers, the monitoring data is available in Cloud Eye.

                        Cloud Eye discontinues monitoring ECSs that remain in Stopped or Faulty state for 24 hours and removes them from the monitoring list. However, the alarm rules for such ECSs are not automatically deleted.

                        diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0030013188.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0030013188.html index 8da2287d3..c24bae117 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0030013188.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0030013188.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -

                        Can an ECS Without an EIP Access the Internet?

                        +

                        Can an ECS Without an EIP Bound Access the Internet?

                        Yes.

                        • Method 1: Configure a SNAT server.

                          You can configure the SNAT server so that the ECS without an EIP bound can access the Internet.

                          -

                          For details, see "Configuring an SNAT Server" in Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

                          +

                          For details, see "Configuring an SNAT Server" in Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

                        • Method 2: Create a NAT gateway.

                          If a large number of concurrent connections are required, it is a good practice to use the NAT Gateway service provided by the cloud platform.

                          The NAT Gateway service offers the NAT function for ECSs in a VPC, allowing these ECSs to access the Internet using an EIP. For more information about NAT Gateway, see NAT Gateway User Guide.

                        diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0030828256.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0030828256.html index 8b787f714..87a07b97c 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0030828256.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0030828256.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@

                        What Is Elastic Volume Service?

                        Elastic Volume Service (EVS) offers scalable block storage for ECSs. With high reliability, high performance, and rich specifications, EVS disks can be used for distributed file systems, development and test environments, data warehouse applications, and high-performance computing (HPC) scenarios to meet diverse service requirements.

                        Disk Types

                        EVS disk types differ in performance. Choose the disk type based on your requirements.

                        -

                        For more information about EVS disk specifications and performance, see Elastic Volume Service User Guide.

                        +

                        For more information about EVS disk specifications and performance, see "Disk Types and Performance" in the Elastic Volume Service User Guide.

                        Device Types

                        EVS disks have two device types, Virtual Block Device (VBD) and Small Computer System Interface (SCSI).
                        • VBD

                          When you create an EVS disk on the management console, Device Type of the EVS disk is VBD by default. VBD EVS disks support only simple SCSI read/write commands.

                        • SCSI

                          You can create EVS disks whose Device Type is SCSI on the management console. These EVS disks support transparent SCSI command transmission, allowing ECS OS to directly access underlying storage media. SCSI EVS disks support both basic and advanced SCSI commands.

                          diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0030831623.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0030831623.html index 00035d2a7..82fff9c16 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0030831623.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0030831623.html @@ -2,13 +2,13 @@

                          Scenarios and Disk Partitions

                          If you have added a data disk during ECS creation, you must initialize the data disk after logging in to the ECS.

                          -

                          Scenarios

                          After a disk is attached to a server, you need to log in to the server to initialize the disk, that is, format the disk. You must initialize a disk before accessing it.
                          • System disk

                            A system disk does not require manual initialization because it is automatically created and initialized upon server creation. The default disk partition style is master boot record (MBR).

                            +

                            Scenarios

                            After a disk is attached to a server, you need to log in to the server to initialize the disk, that is, format the disk. You must initialize a disk before accessing it.
                            • System disk

                              A system disk does not require manual initialization because it is automatically created and initialized upon server creation. The default partition style is master boot record (MBR).

                            • Data disk
                              • If a data disk is created along with a server, it will be automatically attached to the server.
                              • If a data disk is created separately, you need to manually attach it to a server.
                              -

                              In both cases, you must initialize the data disk before using it. Choose a proper disk partition style based on your service plan.

                              +

                              In both cases, you must initialize the data disk before using it. Choose an appropriate partition style based on your service plan.

                            -

                            Disk Partition Styles

                            Table 1 lists the common disk partition styles. In Linux, different disk partition styles require different partitioning tools.

                            +

                            Partitioning Operation Guide

                            Table 1 lists the common disk partition styles. In Linux, different disk partition styles require different partitioning tools.

              Table 1 Numbers of disks that can be attached to a newly created ECS

              ECS Type

              Maximum VBD Disks

              +

              Maximum VBD Disks

              Maximum SCSI Disks

              +

              Maximum SCSI Disks

              Constraint

              +

              Constraint

              KVM

              +

              KVM

              (excluding D2 ECSs)

              24

              +

              24

              59

              +

              59

              VBD disks + SCSI disks ≤ 60 (This constraint does not apply to local disks.)

              -

              The number of local disks is determined based on the ECS flavor.

              +

              VBD disks + SCSI disks ≤ 60 (This constraint does not apply to local disks.)

              +

              The number of local disks is determined based on the ECS flavor.

              D2

              +

              D2

              24

              +

              24

              30

              +

              30

              VBD disks + SCSI disks ≤ 54 (This constraint does not apply to local disks.)

              -

              The number of local disks is determined based on the ECS flavor.

              +

              VBD disks + SCSI disks ≤ 54 (This constraint does not apply to local disks.)

              +

              The number of local disks is determined based on the ECS flavor.

              CentOS 6.5 64bit

              EIP

              +

              EIP

              2
              @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
              Table 1 Disk partition styles

              Disk Partition Style

              2 TB
              • 4 primary partitions
              • 3 primary partitions and 1 extended partition
              -
              With MBR, one may create several primary partitions and an extended partition. An extended partition must be divided into several logical partitions before use. For example, if 6 partitions need to be created, you can create the partitions in the following two ways:
              • 3 primary partitions and 1 extended partition, with the extended partition divided into 3 logical partitions
              • 1 primary partition and 1 extended partition, with the extended partition divided into 5 logical partitions
              +
              With MBR, you can create several primary partitions and one extended partition. The extended partition must be divided into logical partitions before use. For example, if 6 partitions need to be created, you can create them in the following two ways:
              • 3 primary partitions and 1 extended partition, with the extended partition divided into 3 logical partitions
              • 1 primary partition and 1 extended partition, with the extended partition divided into 5 logical partitions
              • fdisk
              • parted
              @@ -45,9 +45,6 @@
              -

              The maximum disk capacity supported by MBR is 2 TB, and that supported by GPT is 18 EB. Because a data disk currently supports up to 32 TB, use the GPT partition style if your disk capacity is larger than 2 TB.

              -

              If you change the disk partition style after the disk has been used, the data on the disk will be cleared. Therefore, select a proper disk partition style when initializing the disk.

              -
            diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0030878383.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0030878383.html index 86dda8577..94b28bb1e 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0030878383.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0030878383.html @@ -10,9 +10,9 @@
          • On the Inbound Rules tab, click Add Rule. In the displayed dialog box, set required parameters to add an inbound rule.

            You can click + to add more inbound rules.

            Figure 1 Add Inbound Rule
            -
            Table 1 Inbound rule parameter description

            Parameter

            +
            - @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ - @@ -51,12 +51,12 @@
            Table 1 Inbound rule parameter description

            Parameter

            Description

            +

            Description

            Example Value

            Protocol & Port

            Protocol: The network protocol. Currently, the value can be All, TCP, UDP, ICMP, GRE, or others.

            +

            Protocol: The network protocol. Currently, the value can be All, TCP, UDP, ICMP, GRE, or others.

            TCP
            -
          • On the Outbound Rules tab, click Add Rule. In the displayed dialog box, set required parameters to add an outbound rule.

            You can click + to add more outbound rules.

            +
          • On the Outbound Rules tab, click Add Rule. In the displayed dialog box, set required parameters to add an outbound rule.

            You can click + to add more outbound rules.

            Figure 2 Add Outbound Rule
            -
            - - @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ - - - - - @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@

            Features of D2 ECSs

            • D2 ECSs use local disks to provide high sequential read/write performance and low latency, improving file read/write performance.
            • D2 ECSs provide powerful and stable computing capabilities, ensuring efficient data processing.
            • D2 ECSs with a vCPU/memory ratio of 1:8 process large volumes of data.
            • D2 ECSs provide high intranet performance, including high intranet bandwidth and PPS, meeting requirements for data exchange between ECSs during peak hours.
            • Each D2 ECS supports a maximum configuration of 24 local disks, 60 vCPUs, and 540 GiB memory.
            -
            Table 2 Outbound rule parameter description

            Parameter

            +
            - @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ - diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0030911465.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0030911465.html index ca446234c..e02033722 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0030911465.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0030911465.html @@ -301,8 +301,8 @@ diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0031107266.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0031107266.html index 7606df1e4..d0f6812e9 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0031107266.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0031107266.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@

            Scenarios

            Password authentication is required to log in to a Windows ECS. Therefore, you must use the key file used when you created the ECS to obtain the administrator password generated during ECS creation. The administrator user is Administrator or the user configured using Cloudbase-Init. This password is randomly generated, offering high security.

            You can obtain the initial password for logging in to a Windows ECS through the management console or APIs. For details, see this section.

            -

            Obtaining the Password Through the Management Console

            1. Obtain the private key file (.pem file) used when you created the ECS.
            2. Log in to the management console.
            3. Click in the upper left corner and select your region and project.
            4. Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.
            5. On the Elastic Cloud Server page, select the target ECS.
            6. In the Operation column, click More and select Get Password.
            7. Use either of the following methods to obtain the password through the key file:
              • Click Select File and upload the key file from a local directory.
              • Copy the key file content to the text field.
              +

              Obtaining the Password Through the Management Console

              1. Obtain the private key file (.pem file) used when you created the ECS.
              2. Log in to the management console.
              3. Click in the upper left corner and select your region and project.
              4. Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.
              5. On the Elastic Cloud Server page, select the target ECS.
              6. In the Operation column, click More and select Get Password.
              7. Use either of the following methods to obtain the password through the key file:
                • Click Select File and upload the key file from a local directory.
                • Copy the key file content to the text field.
              8. Click Get Password to obtain a random password.

              Obtaining the Password Through APIs

              1. Obtain the private key file (.pem file) used when you created the ECS.
              2. Set up the API calling environment.
              3. Call APIs. For details, see API Usage Guidelines in Elastic Cloud Server API Reference.
              4. Obtain the ciphertext password.

                Call the password obtaining APIs to obtain the ciphertext password of the public key encrypted using RSA. The API URI is in the format "GET /v2/{tenant_id}/servers/{server_id}/os-server-password".

                diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0031523135.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0031523135.html index 549a58d73..c36244f13 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0031523135.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0031523135.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@

                Changing the OS

                Scenarios

                Changing an ECS OS will change the system disk attached to the ECS. After the changing, the system disk ID of the ECS will be changed, and the original system disk will be deleted.

                If the OS running on an ECS cannot meet service requirements, change the ECS OS.

                -

                The public cloud supports changing between image types (public images, private images, and shared images) and between OSs. You can change your OS by changing your ECS image.

                +

                The cloud platform supports changing between image types (public images, private images, and shared images) and between OSs. You can change your OS by changing your ECS image.

                Constraints

                • The EVS disk quota must be greater than 0.
                • If an ECS OS is to be changed using a full-ECS image, the ECS system disk can be encrypted.
                @@ -21,9 +21,9 @@

                Procedure

                1. Log in to the management console.
                2. Click in the upper left corner and select your region and project.
                3. Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.
                4. Locate the row containing the target ECS. Click More in the Operation column and select Manage Image/Disk > Change OS.

                  Only stopped ECSs support OS changing. If the ECS is not stopped, stop it before proceeding with changing.

                5. Modify related ECS parameters, such as Image Type and Image, based on service requirements.

                  For more details, see Creating an ECS.

                  -
                6. (Optional) Select the Encryption option to encrypt the system disk during OS change.

                  To enable encryption, click Create Xrole to assign KMS access permissions to EVS. If you have rights granting permission, assign the KMS access permissions to EVS. If you do not have the permission, contact the user having the security administrator rights to assign the KMS access permissions. For more details, see Can All Users Use the Encryption Feature?

                  +
                7. (Optional) Select the Encryption option to encrypt the system disk during OS change.

                  To enable encryption, click Create Xrole to assign KMS access permissions to EVS. If you have rights granting permission, assign the KMS access permissions to EVS. If you do not have the permission, contact the user having the security administrator rights to assign the KMS access permissions. For details, see Can All Users Use the Encryption Feature?

                  Encryption parameters are as follows:

                  -
                  • Encryption: indicates that the EVS disk has been encrypted.
                  • Create Xrole: assigns KMS access permissions to EVS to obtain KMS keys. After the permissions are assigned, follow-up operations do not require assigning permissions again.
                  • KMS Key Name: specifies the name of the key used by the encrypted EVS disk. You can select an existing key, or click Create KMS Key and create a new one on the KMS console. The default value is evs/default.
                  • Xrole Name: EVSAccessKMS: specifies that permissions have been assigned to EVS to obtain KMS keys for encrypting or decrypting EVS disks.
                  • KMS Key ID: specifies the ID of the key used by the encrypted data disk.
                  +
                  • Encryption: indicates that the EVS disk has been encrypted.
                  • Create Xrole: assigns KMS access permissions to EVS to obtain KMS keys. After the permissions are assigned, follow-up operations do not require assigning permissions again.
                  • Xrole Name: EVSAccessKMS: specifies that permissions have been assigned to EVS to obtain KMS keys for encrypting or decrypting EVS disks.
                  • KMS Key Name: specifies the name of the key used by the encrypted EVS disk. You can select an existing key, or click Create KMS Key and create a new one on the KMS console. The default value is evs/default.
                  • KMS Key ID: specifies the ID of the key used by the encrypted data disk.
                8. (Optional) Select a License Type (Use license from the system or Bring your own license (BYOL)) if the changed OS running on your ECS is billed. For more details, see License Type.
                  The following OSs are billed:
                  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server
                  • Oracle Enterprise Linux
                  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux
                9. Configure the login mode.

                  If the target ECS uses key pair authentication, you can replace the original key pair.

                  @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
                10. Mount the partition so that you can use the data disk.

                  mount Disk partition Device name

                11. Check the mount result.

                  df -TH

                -
              5. If the OS change is unsuccessful, perform steps 3 to 10 again to retry changing the OS again.
              6. If the second OS change attempt is unsuccessful, contact customer service for manual recovery at the backend.
                7. +
              7. If the OS change is unsuccessful, perform steps 3 to 10 again to retry the OS change.
              8. If the second OS change attempt is unsuccessful, contact customer service for manual recovery at the backend.
            diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0032380449.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0032380449.html index 9fbaf640c..5c8b665f4 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0032380449.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0032380449.html @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ echo "Hello, the time is now $(date -R)" | tee /root/output.txt

            After the ECS is created, start it and run the cat [file] command to check the script execution result.

            [root@XXXXXXXX ~]# cat /root/output.txt
 Hello, the time is now Mon, 16 Jul 2016 16:03:18+0800
            -

            Example 2: Inject a Cloud-Config data script.

            +

            Example 2: Inject a Cloud-Config data script.

            When creating an ECS, set User Data to As text and enter the customized user data script.

            #cloud-config
 bootcmd:
@@ -165,8 +165,9 @@ write_files:
            Table 2 Outbound rule parameter description

            Parameter

            Description

            +

            Description

            Example Value

            Protocol & Port

            Protocol: The network protocol. Currently, the value can be All, TCP, UDP, ICMP, GRE, or others.

            +

            Protocol: The network protocol. Currently, the value can be All, TCP, UDP, ICMP, GRE, or others.

            TCP

            InfiniBand NIC status

            Status of an InfiniBand NIC on an H2 ECS

            -

            The system periodically checks the status and returns check results using value 0 or 1.

            -
            • 0: The system is running properly. That is, the InfiniBand NIC is functional.
            • 1: The system is not running properly. That is, the InfiniBand NIC malfunctions. When the physical NIC corresponding to a virtual NIC becomes faulty, for example, the network cable is not securely connected to the NIC, the switch or adapter is incompatible with the InfiniBand NIC, or the NIC is disabled, the returned value is 1.
            +

            The system periodically checks the status and returns check results using value 0 or 1.

            +
            • 0: The system is running properly. That is, the InfiniBand NIC is functional.
            • 1: The system is not running properly. That is, the InfiniBand NIC malfunctions. When the physical NIC corresponding to a virtual NIC becomes faulty, for example, the network cable is not securely connected to the NIC, the switch or adapter is incompatible with the InfiniBand NIC, or the NIC is disabled, the returned value is 1.
            NOTE:

            Only Mellanox EDR 100 GB single-port InfiniBand NICs are supported.

            User data example:

            -
            • Using a ciphertext password (recommended)
              #!/bin/bash 
+
              Using a ciphertext password (recommended)
              #!/bin/bash 
 echo 'root:$6$V6azyeLwcD3CHlpY$BN3VVq18fmCkj66B4zdHLWevqcxlig' | chpasswd -e;
              
+
              
 
              In the preceding command output, $6$V6azyeLwcD3CHlpY$BN3VVq18fmCkj66B4zdHLWevqcxlig is the ciphertext password, which can be generated as follows:
              
 
              1. Run the following command to generate an encrypted ciphertext value:
                python -c "import crypt, getpass, pwd;print crypt.mksalt()"
                
 
                The following information is displayed:
                
@@ -175,7 +176,6 @@ echo 'root:$6$V6azyeLwcD3CHlpY$BN3VVq18fmCkj66B4zdHLWevqcxlig' | chpasswd -e;
                The following information is displayed:
                
 
                $6$V6azyeLwcD3CHlpY$BN3VVq18fmCkj66B4zdHLWevqcxlig
                
 
              
-

            After the ECS is created, you can use the password to log in to it.

            Case 3

            This case illustrates how to use the user data passing function to reset the password for logging in to a Linux ECS.

            diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0032398121.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0032398121.html index 2f602bacc..bedf87e89 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0032398121.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0032398121.html @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@

            System error. Try again later or contact customer service.

            Adjust the request structure as directed in Elastic Cloud Server API Reference.

            +

            Adjust the request structure as directed in Elastic Cloud Server API Reference.

            Ecs.0010

            diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0032980085.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0032980085.html index 0217df1a3..62c6a26f4 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0032980085.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0032980085.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@

            Notes

            An existing ECS cannot be added to an ECS group.

            -

            Procedure

            1. Log in to the management console.
            2. Click in the upper left corner and select your region and project.
            3. Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.
            4. In the navigation pane on the left, choose ECS Group.
            5. On the ECS Group page, click Create ECS Group.
            6. Enter the name of the target ECS group.

              The Anti-affinity policy is used by default.

              +

              Procedure

              1. Log in to the management console.
              2. Click in the upper left corner and select your region and project.
              3. Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.
              4. In the navigation pane on the left, choose ECS Group.
              5. On the ECS Group page, click Create ECS Group.
              6. Enter the name of the target ECS group.

                The Anti-affinity policy is used by default.

              7. Click OK.

              Follow-up Procedure

              Add an ECS to an ECS group only when creating the ECS.

              diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0035470096.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0035470096.html index 8397fd5a7..55d81a3d6 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0035470096.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0035470096.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@

              ECS Types

              -
              The public cloud provides the following ECS types for different application scenarios:
              • General-purpose
              • Dedicated general-purpose
              • Memory-optimized
              • Large-memory
              • Disk-intensive
              • High-performance computing
              • GPU-accelerated
              +
              The cloud platform provides the following ECS types for different application scenarios:
              • General-purpose
              • Dedicated general-purpose
              • Memory-optimized
              • Large-memory
              • Disk-intensive
              • High-performance computing
              • GPU-accelerated

              ECS Flavor Naming Rules

              ECS flavors are named using the format of "AB.C.D".

              The format is defined as follows:

              diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0035470099.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0035470099.html index 3e99dff0f..e3ce04fdf 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0035470099.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0035470099.html @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@

            KVM

            2×1675

            +

            2 × 1675

            CPU: Intel® Xeon® Gold 6151

            KVM

            4×1675

            +

            4 × 1675

            d2.4xlarge.8

            @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@

            KVM

            8×1675

            +

            8 × 1675

            d2.6xlarge.8

            @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

            KVM

            12×1675

            +

            12 × 1675

            d2.8xlarge.8

            @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@

            KVM

            16×1675

            +

            16 × 1675

            d2.15xlarge.9

            @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@

            KVM

            24×1675

            +

            24 × 1675
            Table 2 Specifications of a single SAS HDD disk attached to a D2 ECS

            Metric

            +
            @@ -150,17 +150,17 @@ - - - @@ -209,9 +209,9 @@ - - - - - - - @@ -87,7 +82,7 @@ - @@ -101,7 +96,7 @@

            G6 ECS Features

            • CPU: 2nd Generation Intel® Xeon® Scalable 6266 processors (3.0 GHz of base frequency and 3.4 GHz of turbo frequency)
            • Graphics acceleration APIs
              • DirectX 12, Direct2D, DirectX Video Acceleration (DXVA)
              • OpenGL 4.5
              • Vulkan 1.0
              -
            • CUDA and OpenCL
            • NVIDIA T4 GPUs
            • Graphics acceleration applications
            • Heavy-load CPU inference
            • Application flow identical to common ECSs
            • Automatic scheduling of G6 ECSs to AZs where NVIDIA T4 GPUs are used
            • One built-in NVENC and two NVDEC GPUs
            +
          • CUDA and OpenCL
          • NVIDIA T4 GPUs
          • Graphics applications accelerated
          • Heavy-load CPU inference
          • Automatic scheduling of G6 ECSs to AZs where NVIDIA T4 GPUs are used
          • One NVENC engine and two NVDEC engines embedded

            • Supported Common Software

            G6 ECSs are used in graphics acceleration scenarios, such as video rendering, cloud desktop, and 3D visualization. If the software relies on GPU DirectX and OpenGL hardware acceleration, use G6 ECSs. G6 ECSs support the following commonly used graphics processing software:

            • AutoCAD
            • 3DS MAX
            • MAYA
            • Agisoft PhotoScan
            • ContextCapture
            @@ -127,138 +122,274 @@
            Table 2 Specifications of a Single SAS HDD Disk Attached to a D2 ECS

            Metric

            Performance

            Disk capacity

            1800 GiB

            +

            1,675 GiB

            Maximum throughput

            230 MB/s

            +

            230 MBps

            Access latency

            Millisecond-level

            +

            Within milliseconds
            • Oracle Linux Server release 8.4 64bit
            • Oracle Linux Server release 7.6 64bit

            RedHat

            +

            Red Hat

            • Redhat Linux Enterprise 7.9 64bit
            • Redhat Linux Enterprise 6.10 64bit
            +
            • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.9 64bit
            • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.10 64bit

            Rocky

            diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0035470100.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0035470100.html index a2a372b43..9b326a843 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0035470100.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0035470100.html @@ -160,9 +160,9 @@
            • Oracle Linux Server release 8.4 64bit
            • Oracle Linux Server release 7.6 64bit

            RedHat

            +

            Red Hat

            Redhat Linux Enterprise 7.9 64bit

            +

            Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.9 64bit

            SUSE

            @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
          • For SUSE H2 ECSs, if IP over InfiniBand (IPoIB) is required, you must manually configure an IP address for the InfiniBand NIC after installing the InfiniBand driver. For details, see How Can I Manually Configure an IP Address for an InfiniBand NIC?
          • After you delete an H2 ECS, the data stored in SSDs is automatically cleared. Therefore, do not store persistence data into SSDs during ECS running.

            • Notes on Using HL1 ECSs

            • HL1 ECSs only support the attachment of high I/O (performance-optimized I) and ultra-high I/O (latency-optimized) EVS disks.

              To support 56 Gbit/s shared high I/O storage, you only need to attach high I/O (performance-optimized I) or ultra-high I/O (latency-optimized) EVS disks to target HL1 ECSs.

              -
            • HL1 ECSs do not support specifications modification.
            • HL1 ECSs use InfiniBand NICs that provide a bandwidth of 100 Gbit/s.
            • HL1 ECSs created using a private image must have the InfiniBand NIC driver installed. Download the required version (4.2-1.0.0.0) of InfiniBand NIC driver from the official Mellanox website and install the driver by following the instructions provided by Mellanox.
              • InfiniBand NIC type: Mellanox Technologies ConnectX-4 Infiniband HBA (MCX455A-ECAT)
              • Mellanox official website: http://www.mellanox.com/
              +
            • HL1 ECSs do not support specifications modification.
            • HL1 ECSs use InfiniBand NICs that provide a bandwidth of 100 Gbit/s.
            • HL1 ECSs created using a private image must have the InfiniBand NIC driver installed. Download the required version (4.2-1.0.0.0) of InfiniBand NIC driver from the official Mellanox website and install the driver by following the instructions provided by Mellanox.
              • InfiniBand NIC type: Mellanox Technologies ConnectX-4 Infiniband HBA (MCX455A-ECAT)
              • Mellanox official website: http://www.mellanox.com/
            • For SUSE HL1 ECSs, if IPoIB is required, you must manually configure an IP address for the InfiniBand NIC after installing the InfiniBand driver. For details, see How Can I Manually Configure an IP Address for an InfiniBand NIC?
            • Table 4 lists the OSs supported by HL1 ECSs.
              @@ -195,9 +195,9 @@ - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + @@ -443,7 +460,7 @@
              Table 4 Supported OS versions

              OS

              • Oracle Linux Server release 8.4 64bit
              • Oracle Linux Server release 7.6 64bit

              RedHat

              +

              Red Hat

              Redhat Linux Enterprise 7.9 64bit

              +

              Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.9 64bit

              SUSE

              diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0035470101.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0035470101.html index 148b457ea..d3c7b41a1 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0035470101.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0035470101.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@

              General-Purpose ECSs

              -

              Overview

              General-purpose ECSs provide a balance of computing, memory, and network resources and a baseline level of vCPU performance with the ability to burst above the baseline. These ECSs are suitable for applications with general workloads, such as web servers, enterprise R&D, and small-scale databases.

              +

              Overview

              General-purpose ECSs provide a balance of compute, memory, and network resources and a baseline level of vCPU performance with the ability to burst above the baseline. These ECSs are suitable for applications with general workloads, such as web servers, enterprise R&D, and small-scale databases.

              S3 ECSs are suitable for applications that require moderate performance generally but occasionally burstable high performance, such as light-workload web servers, enterprise R&D and testing environments, and low- and medium-performance databases.

              S2 ECSs use Intel® Xeon® Scalable processors, which significantly improve the comprehensive performance. They provide a balance of computing, memory, and network resources and a baseline level of vCPU performance with the ability to burst above the baseline. These ECSs are suitable for many applications.

              @@ -927,9 +927,9 @@
              • Oracle Linux Server release 8.4 64bit
              • Oracle Linux Server release 7.6 64bit

              RedHat

              +

              Red Hat

              • Redhat Linux Enterprise 7.9 64bit
              • Redhat Linux Enterprise 6.10 64bit
              +
              • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.9 64bit
              • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.10 64bit

              Rocky

              diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0035550301.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0035550301.html index 3ddc66609..1c3483404 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0035550301.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0035550301.html @@ -403,9 +403,9 @@
              • Oracle Linux Server release 8.4 64bit
              • Oracle Linux Server release 7.6 64bit

              RedHat

              +

              Red Hat

              • Redhat Linux Enterprise 7.9 64bit
              • Redhat Linux Enterprise 6.10 64bit
              +
              • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.9 64bit
              • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.10 64bit

              Rocky

              diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0036046828.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0036046828.html index 8f8293851..00c94ac25 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0036046828.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0036046828.html @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
            • Do not detach an EVS disk from an ECS that is being started, stopped, or restarted.
            • Do not detach an EVS disk from a running ECS whose OS does not support this feature. OSs supporting EVS disk detachment from a running ECS are listed in OSs Supporting EVS Disk Detachment from a Running ECS.
            • For a running Linux ECS, the drive letter may be changed after an EVS disk is detached from it and then attached to it again. This is a normal case due to the drive letter allocation mechanism of the Linux system.
            • For a running Linux ECS, the drive letter may be changed after an EVS disk is detached from it and the ECS is restarted. This is a normal case due to the drive letter allocation mechanism of the Linux system.
              • -

              OSs Supporting EVS Disk Detachment from a Running ECS

              OSs supporting EVS disk detachment from a running ECS include two parts:
              • For the first part, see Formats and OSs Supported for External Image Files.
              • Table 1 lists the second part of supported OSs. +

                OSs Supporting EVS Disk Detachment from a Running ECS

                OSs supporting EVS disk detachment from a running ECS include two parts:
                • For the first part, see External Image File Formats and Supported OSs.
                • Table 1 lists the second part of supported OSs.
                  - -
                  Table 1 OSs supporting EVS disk detachment from a running ECS

                  OS

                  Version

                  diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0038024694.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0038024694.html index 2256c7582..f323e3e4a 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0038024694.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0038024694.html @@ -138,9 +138,9 @@
                  • Oracle Linux Server release 8.4 64bit
                  • Oracle Linux Server release 7.6 64bit

                  RedHat

                  +

                  Red Hat

                  Redhat Linux Enterprise 7.9 64bit

                  +

                  Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.9 64bit

                  SUSE

                  @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@
                  -
                • An ECS can have a maximum of 60 attached disks, including the system disk. For details about constraints, see Can I Attach Multiple Disks to an ECS?

                  An example is provided as follows:

                  +
                • An ECS can have a maximum of 60 attached disks, including the system disk. For details about constraints, see Can I Attach Multiple Disks to an ECS?

                  An example is provided as follows:

                  An E3 ECS is to be created. It can have a maximum of 60 attached disks, where:

                  • The number of system disks is 1.
                  • The number of EVS disks is at most 59.

                  The maximum number of disks attached to an existing large-memory ECS remains unchanged. To attach 60 disks, enable advanced disk. For details, see Enabling Advanced Disk.

                  diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0039588795.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0039588795.html index 4110dfb69..0cbd2871b 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0039588795.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0039588795.html @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@

                  Viewing ECS Creation Statuses

                  Scenarios

                  After submitting the request for creating an ECS, you can view the creation status. This section describes how to view the creation status of an ECS.

                  -

                  Procedure

                  1. Log in to the management console.
                  2. Click in the upper left corner and select your region and project.
                  3. Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.
                  4. After creating an ECS, view the creation status above the ECS list beside the common operations (Start, Stop, and More).
                  5. Click the number displayed above Creating and view details about the tasks.
                    • An ECS that is being created is in one of the following states:
                      • Creating: The ECS is being created.
                      • Failures: Creating the ECS failed. In such a case, the system automatically rolls the task back and displays an error code on the GUI, for example, Ecs.0013 Insufficient EIP quota.
                      • Running: The request of creating the ECS has been processed, and the ECS is running properly. An ECS in this state can provide services for you.

                        See How Do I Handle Error Messages Displayed on the Management Console? for troubleshooting.

                        +

                        Procedure

                        1. Log in to the management console.
                        2. Click in the upper left corner and select your region and project.
                        3. Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.
                        4. After creating an ECS, view the creation status above the ECS list beside the common operations (Start, Stop, and More).
                        5. Click the number displayed above Creating and view details about the tasks.
                          +
                        6. If you find that the task status area shows an ECS creation failure but the ECS list displays the created ECS, see Why Does the Failures Area Show an ECS Creation Failure But the ECS List Displays the Created ECS?
                  diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0041169567.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0041169567.html index f3ae22d8f..1f9adf388 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0041169567.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0041169567.html @@ -8,7 +8,24 @@

              2022-09-01

              +

              2022-11-30

              +

              Modified the following content:

              +

              Modified reference links in the note in Enabling Internet Connectivity for an ECS Without an EIP.

              +

              2022-11-22

              +

              Modified the following content:

              +

              Modified operations in General Operations for Modifying Specifications.

              +

              2022-10-14

              +

              Added the following content:

              +

              Ultra-high I/O ECSs

              +

              2022-09-01

              Deleted ultra-high I/O ECSs.

              2017-09-06

              Modified the following content:

              - +

              2017-08-22

              @@ -482,7 +499,7 @@

              2017-05-19

              Modified the following content:

              - +

              2017-05-08

              @@ -538,7 +555,7 @@

              2017-01-16

              Modified the following content:

              - +

              2016-10-09

              diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0046566932.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0046566932.html index 58ac7e952..7738bd194 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0046566932.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0046566932.html @@ -1,17 +1,16 @@

              License Type

              -

              Using License from the System

              You can use the license provided by the public cloud platform. After creating an ECS with a license authorized, you can use the authorized OS. The platform manages license compliance for you.

              +

              Using License from the System

              You can use OS licenses provided by the cloud platform. After creating an ECS with a license authorized, you can use the authorized OS. The platform manages license compliance for you.

              BYOL

              What Is BYOL?

              Bring your own license (BYOL) allows you to use your existing OS license. In such a case, you do not need to apply for a license again. In BYOL license type, you do not pay for the license fee when creating an ECS.

              How to Use BYOL?

              -

              If you select the BYOL license type, you are required to manage licenses by yourself. The public cloud platform provides functions for you to maintain license compliance during the license lifecycle, for example, deploying ECSs on DeHs. If you have obtained an OS license, you do not need to apply for a license any more.

              +

              If you select the BYOL license type, you are required to manage licenses by yourself. The cloud platform provides functions for you to maintain license compliance during the license lifecycle, for example, deploying ECSs on DeHs. If you have obtained an OS license, you do not need to apply for a license any more.

              The OSs supporting BYOL are as follows:
              • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server
              • Oracle Enterprise Linux
              • Red Hat Enterprise Linux
              -

              Application Scenarios

              The system does not support dynamic license type changing. ECSs support BYOL in the following scenarios:

              diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0046912051.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0046912051.html index 42056bc8a..140f5ccd2 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0046912051.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0046912051.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@

              User Encryption

              -

              User encryption allows you to use the encryption feature provided on the public cloud platform to encrypt ECS resources, improving data security. User encryption includes image encryption and EVS disk encryption.

              +

              User encryption allows you to use the encryption feature provided on the cloud platform to encrypt ECS resources, improving data security. User encryption includes image encryption and EVS disk encryption.

              Image Encryption

              Image encryption supports encrypting private images. When creating an ECS, if you select an encrypted image, the system disk of the created ECS is automatically encrypted, improving data security.

              Use either of the following methods to create an encrypted image:

              • Use an external image file.
              • Use an existing encrypted ECS.
              @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@

              EVS Disk Encryption

              EVS disk encryption supports system disk encryption and data disk encryption.

              • When creating an ECS, if you select an encrypted image, the system disk of the created ECS automatically has encryption enabled, and the encryption mode complies with the image encryption mode.
              • When creating an ECS, you can encrypt its system disk.
              • When creating an ECS, you can encrypt added data disks.
              -

              For more information about EVS disk encryption, see Elastic Volume Service User Guide.

              +

              For more information about EVS disk encryption, see Elastic Volume Service User Guide.

              Impact on AS

              If you use an encrypted ECS to create an Auto Scaling (AS) configuration, the encryption mode of the created AS configuration complies with the ECS encryption mode.

              @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@

              After disabling a CMK or scheduling the deletion of a CMK takes effect, the EVS disk encrypted using this CMK can still be used until the disk is detached from and then attached to an ECS again. During this process, the disk fails to be attached to the ECS because the CMK cannot be obtained. Therefore, the EVS disk becomes unavailable.

              -

              For details about KMS, see Key Management Service User Guide.

              +

              For details about KMS, see Key Management Service User Guide.

              diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0048642616.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0048642616.html index 886e0a479..edd92bfa2 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0048642616.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0048642616.html @@ -4,15 +4,15 @@

              Cloud-Init is an open-source cloud initialization program, which initializes some of the customized configurations of a newly created ECS, such as the hostname, key pair, and user data.

              All standard (Standard_xxx) and enterprise (Enterprise_xxx) images support Cloud-Init. Only certain community images (Community_xxx) do not support it.

              Using Cloud-Init to initialize your ECSs will affect your ECS, IMS, and AS services.

              -

              Impact on IMS

              To ensure that ECSs created using a private image support customized configurations, you must install Cloud-Init or Cloudbase-Init on the ECSs before using them to create private images.

              -
              • For Windows OSs, download and install Cloudbase-Init.
              • For Linux OSs, download and install Cloud-Init.
              +

              Impact on IMS

              To ensure that ECSs created using a private image support customized configurations, you must install Cloud-Init or Cloudbase-Init on the ECSs before using them to create private images.
              • For Windows OSs, download and install Cloudbase-Init.
              • For Linux OSs, download and install Cloud-Init.
              +

              After Cloud-Init or Cloudbase-Init is installed in an image, Cloud-Init or Cloudbase-Init automatically configures initial attributes for the ECSs created using this image.

              For more information, see Image Management Service User Guide.

              Impact on ECS

              -

              Impact on AS

              • When creating an AS configuration, you can use the User Data function to specify ECS configurations for initialization. If the AS configuration has taken effect in an AS group, the ECSs newly created in the AS group will automatically initialize their configurations based on the specified ECS configurations.
              • For an existing AS configuration, if its private image does not have Cloud-Init or Cloudbase-Init installed, the login mode of the ECSs created in the AS group where the AS configuration takes effect may fail to take effect.

                To resolve this issue, see "How Does Cloud-Init Affect the AS Service?" in Auto Scaling User Guide.

                +

                Impact on AS

                • When creating an AS configuration, you can use the User Data function to specify ECS configurations for initialization. If the AS configuration has taken effect in an AS group, the ECSs newly created in the AS group will automatically initialize their configurations based on the specified ECS configurations.
                • For an existing AS configuration, if its private image does not have Cloud-Init or Cloudbase-Init installed, the login mode of the ECSs created in the AS group where the AS configuration takes effect may fail to take effect.

                  To resolve this issue, see "How Does Cloud-Init Affect the AS Service?" in Auto Scaling User Guide.

                Notes

                • When using Cloud-Init, enable DHCP in the VPC to which the ECS belongs.
                • When using Cloud-Init, ensure that security group rules for the outbound direction meet the following requirements:
                  • Protocol: TCP
                  • Port: 80
                  • Destination: 169.254.0.0/16
                  diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0050735736.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0050735736.html index 7f0eb06c1..6e7c09de2 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0050735736.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0050735736.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@

                  How Can a Changed Static Hostname Take Effect Permanently?

                  Symptom

                  The static hostname of a Linux ECS is user defined and injected using Cloud-Init during the ECS creation. Although the hostname can be changed by running the hostname command, the changed hostname is restored after the ECS is restarted.

                  -

                  Changing the Hostname on the ECS

                  To make the hostname changed by running the hostname command take effect even after the ECS is stopped or restarted, save the changed hostname into configuration files.

                  +

                  Changing the Hostname on the ECS

                  To make the hostname which is changed by running the hostname command still take effect even after the ECS is stopped or restarted, save the changed hostname into configuration files.

                  The changed hostname is assumed to be new_hostname.

                  1. Modify the /etc/hostname configuration file.

                    1. Run the following command to edit the configuration file:

                      sudo vim /etc/hostname

                      diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0058758453.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0058758453.html index 9966d6aae..aa95f7fd8 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0058758453.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0058758453.html @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
            -

            Importing the External Image File to the IMS Console

            For details, see "Registering an Image File as a Private Image" in Image Management Service User Guide.

            +

            Importing the External Image File to the IMS Console

            For details, see "Registering an Image File as a Private Image" in Image Management Service User Guide.

            Setting NIC Multi-Queue for the Image

            Windows OSs have not commercially supported NIC multi-queue. If you enable NIC multi-queue in a Windows image, starting an ECS created using such an image may be slow.

            Use one of the following methods to set the NIC multi-queue attribute:

            diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0085634796.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0085634796.html index 6288dc691..8bd711355 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0085634796.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0085634796.html @@ -17,8 +17,8 @@

          • After making the disk online, the disk status changes from Offline to Not Initialized. Right-click the disk status and choose Initialize Disk from the shortcut menu, as shown in Figure 3.

            Figure 3 Initialize Disk

          • In the Initialize Disk dialog box, select the target disk, click MBR (Master Boot Record) or GPT (GUID Partition Table), and click OK, as shown in Figure 4.

            Figure 4 Unallocated space
            -

            The maximum disk capacity supported by MBR is 2 TB, and that supported by GPT is 18 EB. Because a data disk currently supports up to 32 TB, use the GPT partition style if your disk capacity is larger than 2 TB.

            -

            If you change the disk partition style after the disk has been used, the data on the disk will be cleared. Therefore, select a proper disk partition style when initializing the disk.

            +

            The maximum disk size supported by MBR is 2 TB, and that supported by GPT is 18 EB. Because an EVS data disk currently supports up to 32 TB, use GPT if your disk size is larger than 2 TB.

            +

            If the partition style is changed after the disk has been used, data on the disk will be cleared. Therefore, select an appropriate partition style when initializing the disk. If you must change the partition style to GPT after a disk has been used, it is recommended that you back up the disk data before the change.

          • Right-click at the unallocated space and choose New Simple Volume from the shortcut menu, as shown in Figure 5.

            Figure 5 New Simple Volume
            diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0085634797.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0085634797.html index 3e0e15387..67bf285c4 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0085634797.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0085634797.html @@ -66,8 +66,8 @@ First sector (2048-209715199, default 2048): Using default value 2048 Last sector, +sectors or +size{K,M,G} (2048-209715199, default 209715199): -

            Last sector indicates the end sector. The value ranges from 2048 to 209715199, and the default value is 209715199.

            -

          • Select the default end sector 209715199 and press Enter.

            The system displays the start and end sectors of the partition's available space. You can customize the value within this range or use the default value. The start sector must be smaller than the partition's end sector.

            +

            Last sector indicates the end sector. The value ranges from 2048 to 209715199, and the default value is 209715199.

            +

          • Select the default end sector 209715199 and press Enter.

            The system displays the start and end sectors of the partition's available space. You can customize the value within this range or use the default value. The start sector must be smaller than the partition's end sector.

            Information similar to the following is displayed:

            Last sector, +sectors or +size{K,M,G} (2048-209715199, default 209715199):
 Using default value 209715199
diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0085634798.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0085634798.html
index 169e78034..9453fbbae 100644
--- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0085634798.html
+++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0085634798.html
@@ -41,8 +41,8 @@ Disk Flags:
          • Run the following command to set the disk partition style:

            mklabel Disk partition style

            In this example, run the following command to set the partition style to GPT: (Disk partition styles can be MBR or GPT.)

            mklabel gpt

            -

            The maximum disk capacity supported by MBR is 2 TB, and that supported by GPT is 18 EB. Because a data disk currently supports up to 32 TB, use the GPT partition style if your disk capacity is larger than 2 TB.

            -

            If you change the disk partition style after the disk has been used, the data on the disk will be cleared. Therefore, select a proper disk partition style when initializing the disk.

            +

            The maximum disk size supported by MBR is 2 TB, and that supported by GPT is 18 EB. Because an EVS data disk currently supports up to 32 TB, use GPT if your disk size is larger than 2 TB.

            +

            If the partition style is changed after the disk has been used, data on the disk will be cleared. Therefore, select an appropriate partition style when initializing the disk. If you must change the partition style to GPT after a disk has been used, it is recommended that you back up the disk data before the change.

          • Enter p and press Enter to view the disk partition style.

            Information similar to the following is displayed:
            (parted) mklabel gpt
 (parted) p
diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0091224748.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0091224748.html
index ddc325137..d76a1519b 100644
--- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0091224748.html
+++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0091224748.html
@@ -584,9 +584,9 @@
            • Oracle Linux Server release 8.4 64bit
            • Oracle Linux Server release 7.6 64bit

            RedHat

            +

            Red Hat

            • Redhat Linux Enterprise 7.9 64bit
            • Redhat Linux Enterprise 6.10 64bit
            +
            • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.9 64bit
            • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.10 64bit

            Rocky

            diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0093263550.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0093263550.html index a876e5aa1..e0c7e170d 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0093263550.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0093263550.html @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@

            Follow-up Procedure

            Local commands can be copied to an ECS. To do so, perform the following operations:

            1. Log in to the ECS using VNC.
            2. Click Input Commands in the upper right corner of the page.
              Figure 9 Input Commands
              -
            3. Press Ctrl+C to copy data from the local computer.
            4. Press Ctrl+V to paste the local data to the Copy Commands window.
            5. Click Send.

              Send the copied data to the CLI.

              +
            6. Press Ctrl+C to copy data from the local computer.
            7. Press Ctrl+V to paste the local data to the Copy Commands window.
            8. Click Send.

              Send the copied data to the CLI.

            There is a low probability that data is lost when you use Input Commands on the VNC page of a GUI-based Linux ECS. This is because the number of ECS vCPUs fails to meet GUI requirements. In such a case, it is a good practice to send a maximum of 5 characters at a time or switch from GUI to CLI (also called text interface), and then use the command input function.

            diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0093492520.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0093492520.html index 49e8ea4ff..41be7f0ad 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0093492520.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0093492520.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@

            One NIC can be bound with up to 10 virtual IP addresses, and one virtual IP address can be bound to up to 10 NICs. Multiple ECSs deployed to work in active/standby mode can be bound with the same virtual IP address for disaster recovery.

            Procedure

            1. Log in to the management console.
            2. Click in the upper left corner and select your region and project.
            3. Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.
            4. On the Elastic Cloud Server page, click the name of the target ECS.

              The page providing details about the ECS is displayed.

              -
            5. Click the Network Interfaces tab. Then, click Manage Virtual IP Address.

              The Virtual Private Cloud page is displayed.

              +
            6. Click the Network Interfaces tab. Then, click Manage Virtual IP Address.

              The Virtual Private Cloud page is displayed.

            7. On the IP Addresses tab, select a desired one or click Assign Virtual IP Address for a new one.
            8. Click Bind to Instance in the Operation column and select the target ECS name and the NIC to bind the virtual IP address to the ECS NIC.

              For more information about virtual IP addresses, see Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

            diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0093492522.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0093492522.html index 69d4d5da8..673d547a9 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0093492522.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0093492522.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@

            Expanding the Capacity of an EVS Disk

            Scenarios

            When your disk capacity is insufficient, you can handle the insufficiency by expanding the disk capacity.

            -

            Procedure

            The capacity of an EVS disk can be expanded in either of the following ways:
            • Create an EVS disk and attach it to an ECS.
            • Expand the capacity of an existing EVS disk. The capacities of both system disks and data disks can be expanded.
              You can expand the disk capacities when the EVS disks are in the In-use or Available state.
              • Expanding an In-use EVS disk means that the to-be-expanded EVS disk has been attached to an ECS. Only certain ECS OSs support the expansion of In-use EVS disks. For details, see "Expanding an In-use EVS Disk" in Elastic Volume Service User Guide.
              • Expanding an Available EVS disk means that the to-be-expanded EVS disk has not been attached to an ECS. For details, see "Expanding an Available EVS Disk" in Elastic Volume Service User Guide.
              +

              Procedure

              The capacity of an EVS disk can be expanded in either of the following ways:
              • Create an EVS disk and attach it to an ECS.
              • Expand the capacity of an existing EVS disk. The capacities of both system disks and data disks can be expanded.
                You can expand the disk capacities when the EVS disks are in the In-use or Available state.
                • Expanding an In-use EVS disk means that the to-be-expanded EVS disk has been attached to an ECS. Only certain ECS OSs support the expansion of In-use EVS disks. For details, see "Expanding an In-use EVS Disk" in Elastic Volume Service User Guide.
                • Expanding an Available EVS disk means that the to-be-expanded EVS disk has not been attached to an ECS. For details, see "Expanding an Available EVS Disk" in Elastic Volume Service User Guide.
              diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0094118976.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0094118976.html new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d0d0aaf2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0094118976.html @@ -0,0 +1,347 @@ + + +

              Ultra-high I/O ECSs

              +

              Overview

              Ultra-high I/O ECSs use high-performance local NVMe SSDs to provide high storage input/output operations per second (IOPS) and low read/write latency. You can create such ECSs with high-performance local NVMe SSDs attached on the management console.

              +

              Ultra-high I/O ECSs can be used for high-performance relational databases, NoSQL databases (such as Cassandra and MongoDB), and ElasticSearch.

              +
              +

              Specifications

              +
              + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
              Table 1 I3 ECS specifications

              Flavor

              +

              vCPUs

              +

              Memory

              +

              (GiB)

              +

              Max./Assured Bandwidth

              +

              (Gbit/s)

              +

              Max. PPS

              +

              (10,000)

              +

              Max. NIC Queues

              +

              Max. NICs

              +

              Local Disks

              +

              (GiB)

              +

              Virtualization

              +

              i3.2xlarge.4

              +

              8

              +

              32

              +

              15/4.5

              +

              150

              +

              4

              +

              4

              +

              1 × 3,200 GiB NVMe

              +

              KVM

              +

              i3.4xlarge.4

              +

              16

              +

              64

              +

              20/9

              +

              280

              +

              8

              +

              8

              +

              2 × 3,200 GiB NVMe

              +

              KVM

              +

              i3.8xlarge.4

              +

              32

              +

              128

              +

              30/18

              +

              550

              +

              16

              +

              8

              +

              4 × 3,200 GiB NVMe

              +

              KVM

              +

              i3.12xlarge.4

              +

              48

              +

              192

              +

              35/27

              +

              750

              +

              16

              +

              8

              +

              6 × 3,200 GiB NVMe

              +

              KVM

              +

              i3.16xlarge.4

              +

              64

              +

              256

              +

              40/32

              +

              1000

              +

              32

              +

              8

              +

              8 × 3,200 GiB NVMe

              +

              KVM

              +
              +
              +
              +

              Features

              +

              +

              Table 2 and Table 3 lists the IOPS performance of local disks and specifications of a single local disk attached to an I3 ECS.

              + +
              + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
              Table 2 IOPS performance of local disks used by I3 ECSs

              Flavor

              +

              Maximum IOPS for Random 4 KB Read

              +

              i3.2xlarge.8

              +

              750,000

              +

              i3.4xlarge.8

              +

              1,500,000

              +

              i3.8xlarge.8

              +

              3,000,000

              +

              i3.12xlarge.8

              +

              4,500,000

              +

              i3.15xlarge.8

              +

              5,250,000

              +

              i3.16xlarge.8

              +

              6,000,000

              +
              +
              + +
              + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
              Table 3 Specifications of a single local disk attached to an I3 ECS

              Metric

              +

              Performance

              +

              Disk capacity

              +

              1.6 TB

              +

              IOPS for random 4 KB read

              +

              750,000

              +

              IOPS for random 4 KB write

              +

              200,000

              +

              Read throughput

              +

              2.9 GiB/s

              +

              Write throughput

              +

              1.9 GiB/s

              +

              Access latency

              +

              Within microseconds

              +
              +
              +
              +

              Notes

              • Table 4 lists the OSs supported by ultra-high I/O ECSs. +
                + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
                Table 4 Supported OS versions

                OS

                +

                Version

                +

                Alma

                +

                Alma 8 64bit

                +

                CentOS

                +
                • CentOS Stream 8.6 64bit
                • CentOS 7.9 64bit
                • CentOS 7.7 64bit
                +

                Debian

                +
                • Debian GNU/Linux 11 64bit
                • Debian GNU/Linux 10 64bit
                +

                EulerOS

                +

                EulerOS 2.5 64bit

                +

                Fedora

                +
                • Fedora 35 64bit
                • Fedora 34 64bit
                • Fedora 33 64bit
                +

                OpenSUSE

                +

                OpenSUSE 15.3 64bit

                +

                Oracle Linux

                +
                • Oracle Linux Server release 8.4 64bit
                • Oracle Linux Server release 7.6 64bit
                +

                Red Hat

                +
                • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.9 64bit
                • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.10 64bit
                +

                Rocky

                +

                Rocky 8 64bit

                +

                SUSE

                +
                • Novell SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 SP3 64bit
                • Novell SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 SP2 64bit
                • Novell SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 SP1 64bit
                • Novell SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 64bit
                • Novell SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP5 64bit
                • Novell SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP4 64bit
                • Novell SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP3 64bit
                +

                SUSE-SAP

                +
                • Novell SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 SP3 64bit
                • Novell SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 SP2 64bit
                • Novell SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 SP1 64bit
                • Novell SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 64bit
                • Novell SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP5 64bit
                • Novell SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP4 64bit
                • Novell SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP3 64bit
                +

                Ubuntu

                +
                • Ubuntu 20.04 server 64bit
                • Ubuntu 18.04 server 64bit
                +

                Windows

                +
                • Windows Server 2019 Standard 64bit
                • Windows Server 2016 Standard 64bit
                • Windows Server 2012 R2 Standard 64bit
                +

                openEuler

                +

                openEuler 20.03 64bit

                +
                +
                +
              • When the physical server where an ultra-high I/O ECS is deployed becomes faulty, the ECS cannot be migrated.

                If the hardware of host machines is faulty or subhealthy and needs to be repaired, you need to stop the ECS.

                +
              • Ultra-high I/O ECSs do not support specifications modification.
              • Ultra-high I/O ECSs do not support local disk snapshots or backups.
              • Ultra-high I/O ECSs can use local disks, and can also have EVS disks attached to provide a larger storage size. Note the following when using the two types of storage media:
                • Only an EVS disk, not a local disk, can be used as the system disk of an ultra-high I/O ECS.
                • Both EVS disks and local disks can be used as data disks of an ultra-high I/O ECS.
                • An ultra-high I/O ECS can have a maximum of 60 attached disks (including VBD, SCSI, and local disks). An ECS can have a maximum of 60 attached disks, including the system disk. For details about constraints, see Can I Attach Multiple Disks to an ECS?
                +
              • Modify the fstab file to set automatic disk mounting at ECS start. For details, see Setting Automatic Mounting at System Start.
              • The local disk data of an ultra-high I/O ECS may be lost due to some reasons, such as physical server breakdown or local disk damage. If the data reliability of your application cannot be ensured, it is a good practice to use EVS disks to build your ECS.
              • After an ultra-high I/O ECS is deleted, the data on local NVMe SSDs is automatically deleted. Back up the data before deleting such an ECS. Deleting local disk data is time-consuming. Therefore, an ultra-high I/O ECS requires a longer period of time than other ECSs for releasing resources.
              • The data reliability of local disks depends on the reliability of physical servers and hard disks, which are SPOF-prone. It is a good practice to use data redundancy mechanisms at the application layer to ensure data availability. Use EVS disks to store service data that needs to be stored for a long time.
              • The device name of a local disk attached to an ultra-high I/O ECS is /dev/nvme0n1 or /dev/nvme0n2.
              • The basic resources, including vCPUs, memory, and image of an ultra-high I/O ECS will continue to be billed after the ECS is stopped. To stop the ECS from being billed, delete it.
              +
              +

              Handling Damaged Local Disks Attached to an ECS of I Series

              If a local disk attached to an ECS is damaged, perform the following operations to handle this issue:

              +

              For a Linux ECS:

              +
              1. Detach the faulty local disk.
                1. Run the following command to query the mount point of the faulty disk:

                  df –Th

                  +
                  Figure 1 Querying the mount point
                  +
                2. Run the following command to detach the faulty local disk:

                  umount Mount point

                  +

                  In the example shown in Figure 1, the mount point of /dev/nvme0n1 is /mnt/nvme0. Run the following command:

                  +

                  umount /mnt/nvme0

                  +
                +
              2. Check whether the mount point of the faulty disk is configured in /etc/fstab of the ECS. If yes, comment out the mount point to prevent the ECS from entering the maintenance mode upon ECS startup after the faulty disk is replaced.
                1. Run the following command to obtain the partition UUID:

                  blkid Disk partition

                  +

                  In this example, run the following command to obtain the UUID of the /dev/nvme0n1 partition:

                  +

                  blkid /dev/nvme0n1

                  +

                  Information similar to the following is displayed:

                  +
                  /dev/nvme0n1: UUID="b9a07b7b-9322-4e05-ab9b-14b8050cd8cc" TYPE="ext4"
                  +
                2. Run the following command to check whether /etc/fstab contains the automatic mounting information about the disk partition:

                  cat /etc/fstab

                  +

                  Information similar to the following is displayed:

                  +
                  UUID=b9a07b7b-9322-4e05-ab9b-14b8050cd8cc    /mnt   ext4    defaults        0 0
                  +
                3. If the mounting information exists, perform the following steps to delete it.
                  1. Run the following command to edit /etc/fstab:

                    vi /etc/fstab

                    +

                    Use the UUID obtained in 2.a to check whether the mounting information of the local disk is contained in /etc/fstab. If yes, comment out the information. This prevents the ECS from entering the maintenance mode upon ECS startup after the local disk is replaced.

                    +
                  2. Press i to enter editing mode.
                  3. Delete or comment out the automatic mounting information of the disk partition.

                    For example, add a pound sign (#) at the beginning of the following command line to comment out the automatic mounting information:

                    +
                    # UUID=b9a07b7b-9322-4e05-ab9b-14b8050cd8cc    /mnt   ext4    defaults        0 0
                    +
                  4. Press Esc to exit editing mode. Enter :wq and press Enter to save the settings and exit.
                  +
                +
              3. Run the following command to obtain the SN of the local disk:

                For example, if the nvme0n1 disk is faulty, obtain the serial number of the nvme0n1 disk.

                +

                ll /dev/disk/by-id/

                +
                Figure 2 Querying the serial number of the faulty local disk
                +
              4. Stop the ECS and provide the serial number of the faulty disk for technical support to replace the local disk.

                After the local disk is replaced, restart the ECS to synchronize the new local disk information to the virtualization layer.

                +
              +

              For a Windows ECS:

              +
              1. Open Computer Management, choose Computer Management (Local) > Storage > Disk Management, and view the disk ID, for example, Disk 1.
              2. Open Windows PowerShell as an administrator and run the following command to query the disk on which the logical disk is created:

                Get-CimInstance -ClassName Win32_LogicalDiskToPartition |select Antecedent, Dependent | fl

                +
                Figure 3 Querying the disk on which the logical disk is created
                +
              3. Run the following command to obtain the serial number of the faulty disk according to the mapping between the disk ID and serial number:

                Get-Disk | select Number, SerialNumber

                +
                Figure 4 Querying the mapping between the disk ID and serial number
                +
              4. Stop the ECS and provide the serial number of the faulty disk for technical support to replace the local disk.

                After the local disk is replaced, restart the ECS to synchronize the new local disk information to the virtualization layer.

                +
              +
              +
              +
              +
              +
              Parent topic: ECS Specifications and Types
              +
              +
              + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0094801708.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0094801708.html index d02c144c1..53382fa46 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0094801708.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0094801708.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@

              Symptom

              When you run the sudo command to switch to user root on an Ubuntu or Debian ECS, the system prompts connection timeout.

              Figure 1 Connection timeout
              -

              Solution

              1. Log in to the ECS.
              2. Run the following command to edit the hosts configuration file:

                vi /etc/hosts

                +

                Solution

                1. Log in to the ECS.
                2. Run the following command to edit the hosts configuration file:

                  vi /etc/hosts

                3. Press i to enter editing mode.
                4. Add the IP address and hostname to the last line of the hosts configuration file.

                  Private IP address hostname

                  An example is provided as follows:

                  If the ECS hostname is hostname and the private IP address of the ECS is 192.168.0.1, add the following statement:

                  diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0094874138.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0094874138.html index 358a7369d..04dcf812b 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0094874138.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0094874138.html @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@

                  Troubleshooting

                  This is a normal phenomenon.

                  The static hostname of a Linux ECS is user defined and injected using Cloud-Init during the ECS creation. According to the test results, Cloud-Init adapts to OSs differently. As a result, hostnames of some ECSs have suffix .novalocal, whereas others do not.

                  -

                  If you do not need suffix .novalocal in obtained hostnames, change the hostnames. For details, see How Can a Changed Static Hostname Take Effect Permanently?

                  +

                  If you do not want to have the obtained hostnames contain suffix .novalocal, change the hostnames by referring to How Can a Changed Static Hostname Take Effect Permanently?

                diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0096293655.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0096293655.html index 6777eac25..cd7602446 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0096293655.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0096293655.html @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@

                Procedure

                1. Log in to the management console.
                2. Click in the upper left corner and select your region and project.
                3. Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.
                4. In the search box above the upper right corner of the ECS list, enter the ECS name, IP address, or ID for search.
                5. Click the name of the target ECS.

                  The page providing details about the ECS is displayed.

                6. Click the Disks tab. Then, click Attach Disk.

                  The Attach Disk dialog box is displayed.

                  Figure 1 Attach Disk
                  -
                7. Select the target disk, specify the disk as the system disk or data disk.
                  • If no EVS disks are available, click Create Disk in the lower part of the list.
                  • For details about restrictions on attaching a disk, see What Are the Requirements for Attaching an EVS Disk to an ECS?
                  • The device names for the local disks and EVS disks mounted to a disk-intensive ECS comply with the following rules:
                    • System disk: Use sda or vda.
                    • Local disk: Use the device name following sda or vda in alphabetical order.
                    • EVS disk: Use the device name added in alphabetical order following those used by local disks.
                    +
                  • Select the target disk and specify the disk as the system disk or data disk
                    • If no EVS disks are available, click Create Disk in the lower part of the list.
                    • For details about restrictions on attaching a disk, see What Are the Requirements for Attaching an EVS Disk to an ECS?
                    • The device names for the local disks and EVS disks mounted to a disk-intensive ECS comply with the following rules:
                      • System disk: Use sda or vda.
                      • Local disk: Use the device name following sda or vda in alphabetical order.
                      • EVS disk: Use the device name added in alphabetical order following those used by local disks.
                  • Click OK.

                    After the disk is attached, you can view the information about it on the Disks tab.

                    diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0097289624.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0097289624.html index cc610629e..44934eb16 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0097289624.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0097289624.html @@ -4,13 +4,8 @@

                    GPU-accelerated ECSs provide outstanding floating-point computing capabilities. They are suitable for applications that require real-time, highly concurrent massive computing.

                    GPU-accelerated ECSs are classified as G series and P series of ECSs.
                    • G series: Graphics-accelerated ECSs, which are suitable for 3D animation rendering and CAD
                    • P series: Computing-accelerated or inference-accelerated ECSs, which are suitable for deep learning, scientific computing, and CAE
                    -

                    GPU-accelerated ECS Types

                    GPU-accelerated ECSs are classified as graphics-accelerated (G series) and computing-accelerated (P series) ECSs.

                    -

                    Recommended:

                    -

                    -

                    -

                    Inference-accelerated PI2

                    -

                    Graphics-accelerated Enhancement G6

                    -

                    Available now: All GPU models except the recommended ones.

                    +

                    GPU-accelerated ECS Types

                    Recommended: Computing-accelerated P2s, Inference-accelerated PI2, and Graphics-accelerated Enhancement G6

                    +

                    Available now: All GPU models except the recommended ones. If available ECSs are sold out, use the recommended ones.

                    @@ -64,7 +59,7 @@

            8

            1 x T4

            +

            1 × T4

            16

            16

            2 x T4

            +

            2 × T4

            32
          • G6 ECSs created using a public image have had the GRID driver of a specific version installed by default. However, you need to purchase and configure the GRID license by yourself. Ensure that the GRID driver version meets service requirements.

            -

          • If a G6 ECS is created using a private image, make sure that the GRID driver was installed during the private image creation. If not, install the driver for graphics acceleration after the ECS is created.

            -

            • +

            Computing-accelerated P3v

            Overview

            +

            P3v ECSs use NVIDIA A100 GPUs and provide flexibility and ultra-high-performance computing. P3v ECSs have strengths in AI-based deep learning, scientific computing, Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD), computing finance, seismic analysis, molecular modeling, and genomics. Theoretically, P3v ECSs provide 19.5 TFLOPS of FP32 single-precision performance and 156 TFLOPS (sparsity disabled) or 312 TFLOPS (sparsity enabled) of TF32 peak tensor performance.

            +

            Specifications

            + +
            + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
            Table 3 P3v ECS specifications

            Flavor

            +

            vCPUs

            +

            Memory

            +

            (GiB)

            +

            Max./Assured Bandwidth (Gbit/s)

            +

            Max. PPS

            +

            (10,000)

            +

            Max. NIC Queues

            +

            Max. NICs

            +

            GPU

            +

            GPU Connection

            +

            GPU Memory

            +

            (GiB)

            +

            Virtualization

            +

            p3v.3xlarge.8

            +

            12

            +

            96

            +

            17/5

            +

            200

            +

            4

            +

            4

            +

            1 × NVIDIA A100 80GB

            +

            N/A

            +

            80

            +

            KVM

            +

            p3v.6xlarge.8

            +

            24

            +

            192

            +

            25/9

            +

            400

            +

            8

            +

            8

            +

            2 × NVIDIA A100 80GB

            +

            NVLink

            +

            160

            +

            KVM

            +

            p3v.12xlarge.8

            +

            48

            +

            384

            +

            35/18

            +

            500

            +

            16

            +

            8

            +

            4 × NVIDIA A100 80GB

            +

            NVLink

            +

            320

            +

            KVM

            +

            p3v.24xlarge.8

            +

            96

            +

            768

            +

            40/36

            +

            850

            +

            32

            +

            8

            +

            8 × NVIDIA A100 80GB

            +

            NVLink

            +

            640

            +

            KVM

            +
            +
            +

            P3v ECS Features

            +
            • CPU: 3rd Generation Intel® Xeon® Scalable 6348 processors (2.6 GHz of base frequency and 3.5 GHz of turbo frequency)
            • Up to eight NVIDIA A100 GPUs on an ECS
            • NVIDIA CUDA parallel computing and common deep learning frameworks, such as TensorFlow, Caffe, PyTorch, and MXNet
            • 19.5 TFLOPS of single-precision computing and 9.7 TFLOPS of double-precision computing
            • NVIDIA Tensor cores with 156 TFLOPS of single- and double-precision computing for deep learning
            • Up to 30 Gbit/s of network bandwidth on a single ECS
            • 80 GB HBM2 GPU memory per graphics card, and multiple GPU cards interconnected based on NVLink for up to 1,935 Gbit/s
            • Comprehensive basic capabilities

              Networks are user-defined, subnets can be divided, and network access policies can be configured as needed. Mass storage is used, elastic capacity expansion as well as backup and restoration are supported to make data more secure. Auto Scaling allows you to add or reduce the number of ECSs quickly.

              +
            • Flexibility

              Similar to other types of ECSs, P3v ECSs can be provisioned in a few minutes.

              +
            • Excellent supercomputing ecosystem

              The supercomputing ecosystem allows you to build up a flexible, high-performance, cost-effective computing platform. A large number of HPC applications and deep-learning frameworks can run on P3v ECSs.

              +
            +

            Supported Common Software

            +

            P3v ECSs are used in computing acceleration scenarios, such as deep learning training, inference, scientific computing, molecular modeling, and seismic analysis. If the software is required to support GPU CUDA, use P3v ECSs. P2vs ECSs support the following commonly used software:

            +
            • Common deep learning frameworks, such as TensorFlow, Spark, PyTorch, MXNet, and Caffee
            • CUDA GPU rendering supported by RedShift for Autodesk 3dsMax and V-Ray for 3ds Max
            • Agisoft PhotoScan
            • MapD
            • More than 2,000 GPU-accelerated applications such as Amber, NAMD, and VASP
            +

            Notes

            +
            • P3v ECSs support the following OSs:
              • Ubuntu 20.04 server 64bit
              • Ubuntu 18.04 server 64bit
              • CentOS 8.2 64bit
              • CentOS 8.1 64bit
              • CentOS 8.0 64bit
              • CentOS 7.9 64bit
              • CentOS 7.8 64bit
              • CentOS 7.7 64bit
              • CentOS 7.6 64bit
              +
            • If a P3v ECS is created using a private image, make sure that the Tesla driver has been installed during the private image creation. If not, install the driver for computing acceleration after the ECS is created. For details, see "Installing a Tesla Driver and CUDA Toolkit on a GPU-accelerated ECS" in the Elastic Cloud Server User Guide.
            +

            Computing-accelerated P2s

            Overview

            P2s ECSs use NVIDIA Tesla V100 GPUs to provide flexibility, high-performance computing, and cost-effectiveness. P2s ECSs provide outstanding general computing capabilities and have strengths in AI-based deep learning, scientific computing, Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD), computing finance, seismic analysis, molecular modeling, and genomics.

            Specifications

            -
            Table 3 P2s ECS specifications

            Flavor

            +
            - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - @@ -273,36 +404,36 @@

            Supported Common Software

            P2s ECSs are used in computing acceleration scenarios, such as deep learning training, inference, scientific computing, molecular modeling, and seismic analysis. If the software is required to support GPU CUDA, use P2s ECSs. P2s ECSs support the following commonly used software:
            • Common deep learning frameworks, such as TensorFlow, Caffe, PyTorch, and MXNet
            • CUDA GPU rendering supported by RedShift for Autodesk 3dsMax and V-Ray for 3ds Max
            • Agisoft PhotoScan
            • MapD
            -
            Notes
            • Table 4 lists the OSs supported by P2s ECSs. -
            Table 4 P2s ECS specifications

            Flavor

            vCPUs

            +

            vCPUs

            Memory

            +

            Memory

            (GiB)

            Max./Assured Bandwidth (Gbit/s)

            +

            Max./Assured Bandwidth (Gbit/s)

            Max. PPS (10,000)

            +

            Max. PPS (10,000)

            Max. NIC Queues

            +

            Max. NIC Queues

            Max. NICs

            +

            Max. NICs

            GPUs

            +

            GPUs

            GPU Connection

            +

            GPU Connection

            GPU Memory (GiB)

            +

            GPU Memory (GiB)

            Virtualization

            +

            Virtualization

            Hardware

            +

            Hardware

            p2s.2xlarge.8

            +

            p2s.2xlarge.8

            8

            +

            8

            64

            +

            64

            10/4

            +

            10/4

            50

            +

            50

            4

            +

            4

            4

            +

            4

            1 x V100

            +

            1 × V100

            PCIe Gen3

            +

            PCIe Gen3

            1 x 32 GiB

            +

            1 × 32 GiB

            KVM

            +

            KVM

            CPU: 2nd Generation Intel® Xeon® Scalable Processor 6278

            +

            CPU: 2nd Generation Intel® Xeon® Scalable Processor 6278

            p2s.4xlarge.8

            +

            p2s.4xlarge.8

            16

            +

            16

            128

            +

            128

            15/8

            +

            15/8

            100

            +

            100

            8

            +

            8

            8

            +

            8

            2 x V100

            +

            2 × V100

            PCIe Gen3

            +

            PCIe Gen3

            2 x 32 GiB

            +

            2 × 32 GiB

            KVM

            +

            KVM

            p2s.8xlarge.8

            +

            p2s.8xlarge.8

            32

            +

            32

            256

            +

            256

            25/15

            +

            25/15

            200

            +

            200

            16

            +

            16

            8

            +

            8

            4 x V100

            +

            4 × V100

            PCIe Gen3

            +

            PCIe Gen3

            4 x 32 GiB

            +

            4 × 32 GiB

            KVM

            +

            KVM

            p2s.16xlarge.8

            +

            p2s.16xlarge.8

            64

            +

            64

            512

            +

            512

            30/30

            +

            30/30

            400

            +

            400

            32

            +

            32

            8

            +

            8

            8 x V100

            +

            8 × V100

            PCIe Gen3

            +

            PCIe Gen3

            8 x 32 GiB

            +

            8 × 32 GiB

            KVM

            +

            KVM
            Table 4 Supported OS versions

            OS

            +
            Notes
            • Table 5 lists the OSs supported by P2s ECSs. +
              - - - - - - - - - - - @@ -311,136 +442,136 @@
            • By default, P2s ECSs created using a Windows public image have the Tesla driver installed.
            • If a P2s ECS is created using a private image, make sure that the Tesla driver was installed during the private image creation. If not, install the driver for computing acceleration after the ECS is created. For details, see Installing a Tesla Driver and CUDA Toolkit on a GPU-accelerated ECS.
              • -

              Computing-accelerated P2v

              Overview

              +

              Computing-accelerated P2v

              Overview

              P2v ECSs use NVIDIA Tesla V100 GPUs and deliver high flexibility, high-performance computing, and high cost-effectiveness. These ECSs use GPU NVLink for direct communication between GPUs, improving data transmission efficiency. P2v ECSs provide outstanding general computing capabilities and have strengths in AI-based deep learning, scientific computing, Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD), computing finance, seismic analysis, molecular modeling, and genomics.

              Specifications

              -
              Table 5 Supported OS versions

              OS

              Version

              +

              Version

              CentOS

              +

              CentOS

              CentOS 7.9 64bit

              +

              CentOS 7.9 64bit

              EulerOS

              +

              EulerOS

              EulerOS 2.5 64bit

              +

              EulerOS 2.5 64bit

              Oracle Linux

              +

              Oracle Linux

              Oracle Linux Server release 7.6 64bit

              +

              Oracle Linux Server release 7.6 64bit

              Ubuntu

              +

              Ubuntu

              • Ubuntu 20.04 server 64bit
              • Ubuntu 18.04 server 64bit
              +
              • Ubuntu 20.04 server 64bit
              • Ubuntu 18.04 server 64bit

              Windows

              +

              Windows

              • Windows Server 2019 Standard 64bit
              • Windows Server 2016 Standard 64bit
              • Windows Server 2012 R2 Standard 64bit
              +
              • Windows Server 2019 Standard 64bit
              • Windows Server 2016 Standard 64bit
              • Windows Server 2012 R2 Standard 64bit
              Table 5 P2v ECS specifications

              Flavor

              +
              - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
              Table 6 P2v ECS specifications

              Flavor

              vCPUs

              +

              vCPUs

              Memory

              +

              Memory

              (GiB)

              Max./Assured Bandwidth (Gbit/s)

              +

              Max./Assured Bandwidth (Gbit/s)

              Max. PPS (10,000)

              +

              Max. PPS (10,000)

              Max. NIC Queues

              +

              Max. NIC Queues

              Max. NICs

              +

              Max. NICs

              GPUs

              +

              GPUs

              GPU Connection

              +

              GPU Connection

              GPU Memory

              +

              GPU Memory

              (GiB)

              Virtualization

              +

              Virtualization

              Hardware

              +

              Hardware

              p2v.2xlarge.8

              +

              p2v.2xlarge.8

              8

              +

              8

              64

              +

              64

              10/4

              +

              10/4

              50

              +

              50

              4

              +

              4

              4

              +

              4

              1 x V100

              +

              1 × V100

              N/A

              +

              N/A

              1 × 16 GiB

              +

              1 × 16 GiB

              KVM

              +

              KVM

              CPU: Intel® Xeon® Skylake-SP Gold 6151 v5

              +

              CPU: Intel® Xeon® Skylake-SP Gold 6151 v5

              p2v.4xlarge.8

              +

              p2v.4xlarge.8

              16

              +

              16

              128

              +

              128

              15/8

              +

              15/8

              100

              +

              100

              8

              +

              8

              8

              +

              8

              2 x V100

              +

              2 × V100

              NVLink

              +

              NVLink

              2 × 16 GiB

              +

              2 × 16 GiB

              KVM

              +

              KVM

              p2v.8xlarge.8

              +

              p2v.8xlarge.8

              32

              +

              32

              256

              +

              256

              25/15

              +

              25/15

              200

              +

              200

              16

              +

              16

              8

              +

              8

              4 x V100

              +

              4 × V100

              NVLink

              +

              NVLink

              4 × 16 GiB

              +

              4 × 16 GiB

              KVM

              +

              KVM

              p2v.16xlarge.8

              +

              p2v.16xlarge.8

              64

              +

              64

              512

              +

              512

              30/30

              +

              30/30

              400

              +

              400

              32

              +

              32

              8

              +

              8

              8 x V100

              +

              8 × V100

              NVLink

              +

              NVLink

              8 × 16 GiB

              +

              8 × 16 GiB

              KVM

              +

              KVM
              -
              P2v ECS Features
              • CPU: Intel® Xeon® Scalable 6151 processors (3.0 GHz of base frequency and 3.4 GHz of turbo frequency)
              • Up to eight NVIDIA Tesla V100 GPUs on an ECS
              • NVIDIA CUDA parallel computing and common deep learning frameworks, such as TensorFlow, Caffe, PyTorch, and MXNet
              • 15.7 TFLOPS of single-precision computing and 7.8 TFLOPS of double-precision computing
              • NVIDIA Tensor cores with 125 TFLOPS of single- and double-precision computing for deep learning
              • Up to 30 Gbit/s of network bandwidth on a single ECS
              • 16 GiB of HBM2 GPU memory with a bandwidth of 900 Gbit/s
              • Comprehensive basic capabilities

                Networks are user-defined, subnets can be divided, and network access policies can be configured as needed. Mass storage is used, elastic capacity expansion as well as backup and restoration are supported to make data more secure. Auto Scaling allows you to add or reduce the number of ECSs quickly.

                +
                P2v ECS Features
                • CPU: Intel® Xeon® Scalable 6151 processors (3.0 GHz of base frequency and 3.4 GHz of turbo frequency)
                • Up to eight NVIDIA Tesla V100 GPUs on an ECS
                • NVIDIA CUDA parallel computing and common deep learning frameworks, such as TensorFlow, Caffe, PyTorch, and MXNet
                • 15.7 TFLOPS of single-precision computing and 7.8 TFLOPS of double-precision computing
                • NVIDIA Tensor cores with 125 TFLOPS of single- and double-precision computing for deep learning
                • Up to 30 Gbit/s of network bandwidth on a single ECS
                • 16 GiB of HBM2 GPU memory with a bandwidth of 900 Gbit/s
                • Comprehensive basic capabilities

                  Networks are user-defined, subnets can be divided, and network access policies can be configured as needed. Mass storage is used, elastic capacity expansion as well as backup and restoration are supported to make data more secure. Auto Scaling allows you to add or reduce the number of ECSs quickly.

                • Flexibility

                  Similar to other types of ECSs, P2v ECSs can be provisioned in a few minutes.

                • Excellent supercomputing ecosystem

                  The supercomputing ecosystem allows you to build up a flexible, high-performance, cost-effective computing platform. A large number of HPC applications and deep-learning frameworks can run on P2v ECSs.

                  @@ -449,36 +580,36 @@

                  Supported Common Software

                  P2v ECSs are used in computing acceleration scenarios, such as deep learning training, inference, scientific computing, molecular modeling, and seismic analysis. If the software is required to support GPU CUDA, use P2v ECSs. P2v ECSs support the following commonly used software:
                  • Common deep learning frameworks, such as TensorFlow, Caffe, PyTorch, and MXNet
                  • CUDA GPU rendering supported by RedShift for Autodesk 3dsMax and V-Ray for 3ds Max
                  • Agisoft PhotoScan
                  • MapD
                  -
                  Notes
                  • Table 6 lists the OSs supported by P2v ECSs. -
                    Table 6 Supported OS versions

                    OS

                    +
                    Notes
                    • Table 7 lists the OSs supported by P2v ECSs. +
                      - - - - - - - - - - - @@ -490,105 +621,105 @@

                      Computing-accelerated P2

                      Overview

                      Compared with P1 ECSs, P2 ECSs use NVIDIA Tesla V100 GPUs, which have improved both single- and double-precision computing capabilities by 50% and offer 112 TFLOPS of deep learning.

                      Specifications -
                      Table 7 Supported OS versions

                      OS

                      Version

                      +

                      Version

                      CentOS

                      +

                      CentOS

                      CentOS 7.9 64bit

                      +

                      CentOS 7.9 64bit

                      EulerOS

                      +

                      EulerOS

                      EulerOS 2.5 64bit

                      +

                      EulerOS 2.5 64bit

                      Oracle Linux

                      +

                      Oracle Linux

                      Oracle Linux Server release 7.6 64bit

                      +

                      Oracle Linux Server release 7.6 64bit

                      Ubuntu

                      +

                      Ubuntu

                      • Ubuntu 20.04 server 64bit
                      • Ubuntu 18.04 server 64bit
                      +
                      • Ubuntu 20.04 server 64bit
                      • Ubuntu 18.04 server 64bit

                      Windows

                      +

                      Windows

                      • Windows Server 2019 Standard 64bit
                      • Windows Server 2016 Standard 64bit
                      • Windows Server 2012 R2 Standard 64bit
                      +
                      • Windows Server 2019 Standard 64bit
                      • Windows Server 2016 Standard 64bit
                      • Windows Server 2012 R2 Standard 64bit
                      Table 7 P2 ECS specifications

                      Flavor

                      +
                      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - @@ -600,41 +731,41 @@
                    • Excellent supercomputing ecosystem

                      The supercomputing ecosystem allows you to build up a flexible, high-performance, cost-effective computing platform. A large number of HPC applications and deep-learning frameworks can run on P2 ECSs.

                      • -

                      Supported Common Software

                      +

                      Supported Common Software

                      P2 ECSs are used in computing acceleration scenarios, such as deep learning training, inference, scientific computing, molecular modeling, and seismic analysis. If the software requires GPU CUDA parallel computing, use P2 ECSs. P2 ECSs support the following commonly used software:
                      • Common deep learning frameworks, such as TensorFlow, Caffe, PyTorch, and MXNet
                      • CUDA GPU rendering supported by RedShift for Autodesk 3dsMax and V-Ray for 3ds Max
                      • Agisoft PhotoScan
                      • MapD
                      -
                      Notes
                      • The system disk of a P2 ECS must be greater than or equal to 15 GiB. It is recommended that the system disk be greater than 40 GiB.
                      • The local NVMe SSDs attached to P2 ECSs are dedicated for services with strict requirements on storage I/O performance, such as deep learning training and HPC. Local disks are attached to the ECSs of specified flavors and cannot be separately bought. In addition, you are not allowed to detach a local disk and then attach it to another ECS.

                        Data may be lost on the local NVMe SSDs attached to P2 ECSs due to, for example, a disk or host fault. Therefore, you are suggested to store only temporary data in local NVMe SSDs. If you store important data in such a disk, securely back up the data.

                        +
                        Notes
                        • The system disk of a P2 ECS must be greater than or equal to 15 GiB. It is recommended that the system disk be greater than 40 GiB.
                        • The local NVMe SSDs attached to P2 ECSs are dedicated for services with strict requirements on storage I/O performance, such as deep learning training and HPC. Local disks are attached to the ECSs of specified flavors and cannot be separately bought. In addition, you are not allowed to detach a local disk and then attach it to another ECS.

                          Data may be lost on the local NVMe SSDs attached to P2 ECSs due to a fault, for example, due to a disk or host fault. Therefore, you are suggested to store only temporary data in local NVMe SSDs. If you store important data in such a disk, securely back up the data.

                          -
                        • P2 ECSs do not support specifications modification.
                        • Table 8 lists the OSs supported by P2 ECSs. -
                      Table 8 P2 ECS specifications

                      Flavor

                      vCPUs

                      +

                      vCPUs

                      Memory

                      +

                      Memory

                      (GiB)

                      Max./Assured Bandwidth

                      +

                      Max./Assured Bandwidth

                      (Gbit/s)

                      Max. PPS

                      +

                      Max. PPS

                      (10,000)

                      Max. NIC Queues

                      +

                      Max. NIC Queues

                      Max. NICs

                      +

                      Max. NICs

                      GPUs

                      +

                      GPUs

                      GPU Memory

                      +

                      GPU Memory

                      (GiB)

                      Local Disks

                      +

                      Local Disks

                      Virtualization

                      +

                      Virtualization

                      Hardware

                      +

                      Hardware

                      p2.2xlarge.8

                      +

                      p2.2xlarge.8

                      8

                      +

                      8

                      64

                      +

                      64

                      5/1.6

                      +

                      5/1.6

                      35

                      +

                      35

                      2

                      +

                      2

                      12

                      +

                      12

                      1 x V100

                      +

                      1 × V100

                      1 x 16

                      +

                      1 × 16

                      1 × 800 GiB NVMe

                      +

                      1 × 800 GiB NVMe

                      KVM

                      +

                      KVM

                      CPU: Intel® Xeon® Processor E5-2690 v4

                      +

                      CPU: Intel® Xeon® Processor E5-2690 v4

                      p2.4xlarge.8

                      +

                      p2.4xlarge.8

                      16

                      +

                      16

                      128

                      +

                      128

                      8/3.2

                      +

                      8/3.2

                      70

                      +

                      70

                      4

                      +

                      4

                      12

                      +

                      12

                      2 x V100

                      +

                      2 × V100

                      2 x 16

                      +

                      2 × 16

                      2 × 800 GiB NVMe

                      +

                      2 × 800 GiB NVMe

                      KVM

                      +

                      KVM

                      p2.8xlarge.8

                      +

                      p2.8xlarge.8

                      32

                      +

                      32

                      256

                      +

                      256

                      10/6.5

                      +

                      10/6.5

                      140

                      +

                      140

                      8

                      +

                      8

                      12

                      +

                      12

                      4 x V100

                      +

                      4 × V100

                      4 x 16

                      +

                      4 × 16

                      4 × 800 GiB NVMe

                      +

                      4 × 800 GiB NVMe

                      KVM

                      +

                      KVM
                      Table 8 Supported OS versions

                      OS

                      +
                    • P2 ECSs do not support specifications modification.
                    • Table 9 lists the OSs supported by P2 ECSs. +
                      - - - - - - - - - - - @@ -647,106 +778,106 @@

                      P1 ECSs use NVIDIA Tesla P100 GPUs and provide flexibility, high performance, and cost-effectiveness. These ECSs support GPU Direct for direct communication between GPUs, improving data transmission efficiency. P1 ECSs provide outstanding general computing capabilities and have strengths in deep learning, graphic databases, high-performance databases, Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD), computing finance, seismic analysis, molecular modeling, and genomics. They are designed for scientific computing.

                      Specifications

                      -
                      Table 9 Supported OS versions

                      OS

                      Version

                      +

                      Version

                      CentOS

                      +

                      CentOS

                      CentOS 7.9 64bit

                      +

                      CentOS 7.9 64bit

                      EulerOS

                      +

                      EulerOS

                      EulerOS 2.5 64bit

                      +

                      EulerOS 2.5 64bit

                      Oracle Linux

                      +

                      Oracle Linux

                      Oracle Linux Server release 7.6 64bit

                      +

                      Oracle Linux Server release 7.6 64bit

                      Ubuntu

                      +

                      Ubuntu

                      • Ubuntu 20.04 server 64bit
                      • Ubuntu 18.04 server 64bit
                      +
                      • Ubuntu 20.04 server 64bit
                      • Ubuntu 18.04 server 64bit

                      Windows

                      +

                      Windows

                      • Windows Server 2019 Standard 64bit
                      • Windows Server 2016 Standard 64bit
                      • Windows Server 2012 R2 Standard 64bit
                      +
                      • Windows Server 2019 Standard 64bit
                      • Windows Server 2016 Standard 64bit
                      • Windows Server 2012 R2 Standard 64bit
                      Table 9 P1 ECS specifications

                      Flavor

                      +
                      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - @@ -762,31 +893,31 @@
                      • Deep learning frameworks, such as TensorFlow, Caffe, PyTorch, and MXNet
                      • RedShift for Autodesk 3dsMax, V-Ray for 3ds Max
                      • Agisoft PhotoScan
                      • MapD
                      Notes
                      • It is recommended that the system disk of a P1 ECS be greater than 40 GiB.
                      • The local NVMe SSDs attached to P1 ECSs are dedicated for services with strict requirements on storage I/O performance, such as deep learning training and HPC. Local disks are attached to the ECSs of specified flavors and cannot be separately bought. In addition, you are not allowed to detach a local disk and then attach it to another ECS.

                        Data may be lost on the local NVMe SSDs attached to P1 ECSs due to a fault, for example, due to a disk or host fault. Therefore, you are suggested to store only temporary data in local NVMe SSDs. If you store important data in such a disk, securely back up the data.

                        -
                      • After a P1 ECS is created, you must install the NVIDIA driver for computing acceleration. For details, see Installing a Tesla Driver and CUDA Toolkit on a GPU-accelerated ECS.
                      • P1 ECSs do not support specifications modification.
                      • Table 10 lists the OSs supported by P1 ECSs. -
                      Table 10 P1 ECS specifications

                      Flavor

                      vCPUs

                      +

                      vCPUs

                      Memory

                      +

                      Memory

                      (GiB)

                      Max./Assured Bandwidth

                      +

                      Max./Assured Bandwidth

                      (Gbit/s)

                      Max. PPS

                      +

                      Max. PPS

                      (10,000)

                      Max. NIC Queues

                      +

                      Max. NIC Queues

                      Max. NICs

                      +

                      Max. NICs

                      GPUs

                      +

                      GPUs

                      GPU Memory

                      +

                      GPU Memory

                      (GiB)

                      Local Disks

                      +

                      Local Disks

                      (GiB)

                      Virtualization

                      +

                      Virtualization

                      Hardware

                      +

                      Hardware

                      p1.2xlarge.8

                      +

                      p1.2xlarge.8

                      8

                      +

                      8

                      64

                      +

                      64

                      5/1.6

                      +

                      5/1.6

                      35

                      +

                      35

                      2

                      +

                      2

                      12

                      +

                      12

                      1 x P100

                      +

                      1 × P100

                      1 x 16

                      +

                      1 × 16

                      1×800

                      +

                      1 × 800

                      KVM

                      +

                      KVM

                      CPU: Intel® Xeon® Processor E5-2690 v4

                      +

                      CPU: Intel® Xeon® Processor E5-2690 v4

                      p1.4xlarge.8

                      +

                      p1.4xlarge.8

                      16

                      +

                      16

                      128

                      +

                      128

                      8/3.2

                      +

                      8/3.2

                      70

                      +

                      70

                      4

                      +

                      4

                      12

                      +

                      12

                      2 x P100

                      +

                      2 × P100

                      2 x 16

                      +

                      2 × 16

                      2×800

                      +

                      2 × 800

                      KVM

                      +

                      KVM

                      p1.8xlarge.8

                      +

                      p1.8xlarge.8

                      32

                      +

                      32

                      256

                      +

                      256

                      10/6.5

                      +

                      10/6.5

                      140

                      +

                      140

                      8

                      +

                      8

                      12

                      +

                      12

                      4 x P100

                      +

                      4 × P100

                      4 x 16

                      +

                      4 × 16

                      4×800

                      +

                      4 × 800

                      KVM

                      +

                      KVM
                      Table 10 Supported OS versions

                      OS

                      +
                    • After a P1 ECS is created, you must install the NVIDIA driver for computing acceleration. For details, see Installing a Tesla Driver and CUDA Toolkit on a GPU-accelerated ECS.
                    • P1 ECSs do not support specifications modification.
                    • Table 11 lists the OSs supported by P1 ECSs. +
                      - - - - - - - - - @@ -800,135 +931,135 @@

                      Specifications

                      -
                      Table 11 Supported OS versions

                      OS

                      Version

                      +

                      Version

                      CentOS

                      +

                      CentOS

                      CentOS 7.9 64bit

                      +

                      CentOS 7.9 64bit

                      Debian

                      +

                      Debian

                      • Debian GNU/Linux 11 64bit
                      • Debian GNU/Linux 10 64bit
                      +
                      • Debian GNU/Linux 11 64bit
                      • Debian GNU/Linux 10 64bit

                      Oracle Linux

                      +

                      Oracle Linux

                      Oracle Linux Server release 7.6 64bit

                      +

                      Oracle Linux Server release 7.6 64bit

                      Ubuntu

                      +

                      Ubuntu

                      • Ubuntu 20.04 server 64bit
                      • Ubuntu 18.04 server 64bit
                      +
                      • Ubuntu 20.04 server 64bit
                      • Ubuntu 18.04 server 64bit
                      Table 11 PI2 ECS specifications

                      Flavor

                      +
                      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                      Table 12 PI2 ECS specifications

                      Flavor

                      vCPUs

                      +

                      vCPUs

                      Memory

                      +

                      Memory

                      (GiB)

                      Max./Assured Bandwidth

                      +

                      Max./Assured Bandwidth

                      (Gbit/s)

                      Max. PPS

                      +

                      Max. PPS

                      (10,000)

                      Max. NIC Queues

                      +

                      Max. NIC Queues

                      Max. NICs

                      +

                      Max. NICs

                      GPUs

                      +

                      GPUs

                      GPU Memory

                      +

                      GPU Memory

                      (GiB)

                      Local Disks

                      +

                      Local Disks

                      Virtualization

                      +

                      Virtualization

                      Hardware

                      +

                      Hardware

                      pi2.2xlarge.4

                      +

                      pi2.2xlarge.4

                      8

                      +

                      8

                      32

                      +

                      32

                      10/4

                      +

                      10/4

                      50

                      +

                      50

                      4

                      +

                      4

                      4

                      +

                      4

                      1 x T4

                      +

                      1 × T4

                      1 × 16 GiB

                      +

                      1 × 16GiB

                      N/A

                      +

                      N/A

                      KVM

                      +

                      KVM

                      CPU: Intel® Xeon® Skylake 6151 3.0 GHz or Intel® Xeon® Cascade Lake 6278 2.6 GHz

                      +

                      CPU: Intel® Xeon® Skylake 6151 3.0 GHz or Intel® Xeon® Cascade Lake 6278 2.6 GHz

                      pi2.4xlarge.4

                      +

                      pi2.4xlarge.4

                      16

                      +

                      16

                      64

                      +

                      64

                      15/8

                      +

                      15/8

                      100

                      +

                      100

                      8

                      +

                      8

                      8

                      +

                      8

                      2 x T4

                      +

                      2 × T4

                      2 × 16 GiB

                      +

                      2 × 16GiB

                      N/A

                      +

                      N/A

                      KVM

                      +

                      KVM

                      pi2.8xlarge.4

                      +

                      pi2.8xlarge.4

                      32

                      +

                      32

                      128

                      +

                      128

                      25/15

                      +

                      25/15

                      200

                      +

                      200

                      16

                      +

                      16

                      8

                      +

                      8

                      4 x T4

                      +

                      4 × T4

                      4 × 16 GiB

                      +

                      4 × 16GiB

                      N/A

                      +

                      N/A

                      KVM

                      +

                      KVM

                      pi2.16xlarge.4

                      +

                      pi2.16xlarge.4

                      64

                      +

                      64

                      256

                      +

                      256

                      30/30

                      +

                      30/30

                      400

                      +

                      400

                      32

                      +

                      32

                      8

                      +

                      8

                      8 × T4

                      +

                      8 × T4

                      8 × 16 GiB

                      +

                      8 × 16GiB

                      N/A

                      +

                      N/A

                      KVM

                      +

                      KVM
                      -

                      PI2 ECS Features

                      -
                      • CPU: 2nd Generation Intel® Xeon® Scalable 6278 processors (2.6 GHz of base frequency and 3.5 GHz of turbo frequency), or Intel® Xeon® Scalable 6151 processors (3.0 GHz of base frequency and 3.4 GHz of turbo frequency)
                      • Up to four NVIDIA Tesla T4 GPUs on an ECS
                      • GPU hardware passthrough
                      • Up to 8.1 TFLOPS of single-precision computing on a single GPU
                      • Up to 130 TOPS of INT8 computing on a single GPU
                      • 16 GiB of GDDR6 GPU memory with a bandwidth of 320 GiB/s on a single GPU
                      • One built-in NVENC and two NVDEC GPUs
                      +

                      PI2 ECS Features

                      +
                      • CPU: 2nd Generation Intel® Xeon® Scalable 6278 processors (2.6 GHz of base frequency and 3.5 GHz of turbo frequency), or Intel® Xeon® Scalable 6151 processors (3.0 GHz of base frequency and 3.4 GHz of turbo frequency)
                      • Up to four NVIDIA Tesla T4 GPUs on an ECS
                      • GPU hardware passthrough
                      • Up to 8.1 TFLOPS of single-precision computing on a single GPU
                      • Up to 130 TOPS of INT8 computing on a single GPU
                      • 16 GiB of GDDR6 GPU memory with a bandwidth of 320 GiB/s on a single GPU
                      • One NVENC engine and two NVDEC engines embedded

                      Supported Common Software

                      PI2 ECSs are used in GPU-based inference computing scenarios, such as image recognition, speech recognition, and natural language processing. The PI2 ECSs can also be used for light-load training.

                      PI2 ECSs support the following commonly used software:

                      @@ -937,31 +1068,31 @@
                      • After a PI2 ECS is stopped, basic resources including vCPUs, memory, and images are not billed, but its system disk is billed based on the disk capacity. If other products, such as EVS disks, EIP, and bandwidth are associated with the ECS, these products are billed separately.

                        Resources are released after a PI2 ECS is stopped. If desired resources are insufficient when the PI2 ECS is started after being stopped, starting the ECS might fail. Therefore, if you need to use a PI2 ECS for a long time, keep the ECS running.

                      -
                      • Table 12 lists the OSs supported by PI2 ECSs. -
                        Table 12 Supported OS versions

                        OS

                        +
                        • Table 13 lists the OSs supported by PI2 ECSs. +
                          - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0102391480.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0102391480.html index 95bfbf71a..801501e32 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0102391480.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0102391480.html @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
                          • CSBS has a new backup format. You can rapidly create ECSs if the full-ECS image is in this format
                          • This issue does not occur if a full-ECS image is created using a CBR backup.
                          -

                          Solution Using CBR

                          If you want to use a full-ECS image to rapidly create ECSs, ensure that the full-ECS image is created using a CSBS backup in the new format. The procedure is as follows:

                          +

                          Solution (Using CBR)

                          If you want to use a full-ECS image to rapidly create ECSs, ensure that the full-ECS image is created using a CSBS backup in the new format. The procedure is as follows:

                          • Scenario 1: The ECS based on which the target CSBS backup is created is available.

                            In such a case, use the ECS to create a CBR backup and use this backup to create a full-ECS image. You can use this full-ECS image to rapidly create ECSs.

                            • For instructions about how to back up an ECS, see Cloud Backup and Recovery User Guide.
                            • For instructions about how create a full-ECS image, see Image Management Service User Guide.
                          @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@
                          -

                          Solution( Using CSBS)

                          If you want to use a full-ECS image to rapidly create ECSs, ensure that the full-ECS image is created using a CSBS backup in the new format. The procedure is as follows:

                          +

                          Solution (Using CSBS)

                          If you want to use a full-ECS image to rapidly create ECSs, ensure that the full-ECS image is created using a CSBS backup in the new format. The procedure is as follows:

                          • Scenario 1: The ECS based on which the target CSBS backup is created is available.

                            Back up the original ECS on the Cloud Server Backup Service page and use the new format to create a full-ECS image. You can use this full-ECS image to rapidly create ECSs.

                            -
                            • For instructions about how to back up an ECS, see Cloud Server Backup Service User Guide.
                            • For instructions about how create a full-ECS image, see Image Management Service User Guide.
                            +
                            • For instructions about how to back up an ECS, see Cloud Server Backup Service User Guide.
                            • For instructions about how create a full-ECS image, see Image Management Service User Guide.
                          • Scenario 2: The ECS based on which the target CSBS backup is created is unavailable.
                            1. Use the full-ECS image to create a new ECS.
                            2. Back up the ECS.

                              For details, see Cloud Server Backup Service User Guide.

                              -
                            3. Use the CSBS backup to create a full-ECS image.

                              For details, see Image Management Service User Guide.

                              +
                            4. Use the CSBS backup to create a full-ECS image.

                              For details, see Image Management Service User Guide.

                              You can use the full-ECS image to rapidly create ECSs.

                          diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0105130172.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0105130172.html index 560d73eec..61237851a 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0105130172.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0105130172.html @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@

                          iptables -A OUTPUT -p icmp --icmp-type echo-reply -j ACCEPT

                          -
                          Windows
                          1. Log in to the Windows ECS, click the Windows icon in the lower left corner of the desktop, and choose Control Panel > Windows Firewall.
                          2. Click Turn Windows Firewall on or off.

                            View and set the firewall status.

                            +
                            Windows
                            1. Log in to the Windows ECS, click the Windows icon in the lower left corner of the desktop, and choose Control Panel > Windows Firewall.
                            2. Click Turn Windows Firewall on or off.

                              View and set the firewall status.

                            3. If the firewall is On, go to 4.
                            4. Check the ICMP rule statuses in the firewall.
                              1. In the navigation pane on the Windows Firewall page, click Advanced settings.
                              2. Enable the following rules:

                                Inbound Rules: File and Printer Sharing (Echo Request - ICMPv4-In)

                                Outbound Rules: File and Printer Sharing (Echo Request - ICMPv4-Out)

                                If IPv6 is enabled, enable the following rules:

                                diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0105130173.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0105130173.html index 028271f12..118bc5fd6 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0105130173.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0105130173.html @@ -3,26 +3,25 @@

                                Why Can't I Use DHCP to Obtain a Private IP Address?

                                Symptom

                                You attempt to use DHCP to obtain a private IP address, but you cannot obtain the IP address.

                                • For Linux, a private IP address cannot be assigned.
                                • For Windows, a private IP address is changed to an IP address in the 169.254 network segment, which is different from the private IP address displayed on the ECS console.
                                +

                                You are advised to use a public image to create an ECS. All public images support DHCP continuous discovery mode.

                                +
                                -

                                Solution

                                1. Check whether dhclient is running in the ECS.

                                  1. Log in to the ECS and run the following command:

                                    ps -ef | grep dhclient

                                    -
                                  2. If the process is not running, log in to the ECS, and restart the ECS NIC or initiate a DHCP request.
                                    • Linux

                                      Run the dhclient eth0, ifdown eth0 + ifup eth0, or dhcpcd eth0 command.

                                      -
                                    • Windows

                                      Right-click a local area connection and choose Disable from the shortcut menu. Then, choose Enable.

                                      -

                                      -
                                    -
                                  -

                                2. Handle the issue if the DHCP client fails to work for a long time (for example, the issue recurs after the NIC is restarted).

                                  1. Configure a static IP address.
                                    • Windows
                                      1. Right-click Local Area Connection and choose Properties from the shortcut menu.
                                      2. In the displayed dialog box, select Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4), click Properties, and modify parameter settings.

                                        -
                                      -
                                    • Linux
                                      1. Log in to the ECS and run the following command to modify parameter settings:

                                        vi /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-eth0

                                        +

                                        Solution (Linux)

                                        The following uses CentOS 7.2 as an example. For solutions about other OSs, see the corresponding help documentation.

                                        +
                                        1. Log in to the ECS and run the following command:

                                          ps -ef | grep dhclient

                                          +
                                        2. If the dhclient process does not exist, restart the NIC or run any of the following commands to initiate a DHCP request:

                                          dhclient eth0, ifdown eth0 + ifup eth0, or dhcpcd eth0

                                          +
                                        3. If the DHCP client does not send any requests for a long time, for example, the issue recurs after the NIC is restarted, do the following:
                                          1. Run the following command to configure a static IP:

                                            vi /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-eth0

                                            BOOTPROTO=static
 IPADDR=192.168.1.100 #IP address (modified)
 NETMASK=255.255.255.0 #Mask (modified)
 GATEWAY=192.168.1.1 #Gateway IP address (modified)
                                            -
                                          2. Restart the ECS to make the network settings take effect.
                                          -
                                    -
                                  2. Select an image in which DHCP runs stably.

                                    Use the public images, which support DHCP, provided on the management console.

                                    -

                                    DHCP needs to be configured only when Network is used for network management. DHCP does not need to be configured when NetworkManager is used for network management.

                                    -
                                  -

                                3. If the fault persists, obtain the messages in /var/log/messages on the affected ECS, use the MAC address of the affected NIC to filter the desired log, and check whether there is any process that prevents DHCP from obtaining an IP address.
                                4. If the fault persists, contact customer service for technical support.
                                +
                              3. Restart the ECS to make the network settings take effect.
                              4. Select an image in which DHCP runs stably.
                              +
                            5. If the fault persists, obtain the messages in /var/log/messages on the affected ECS, use the MAC address of the affected NIC to filter the desired log, and check whether there is any process that prevents DHCP from obtaining an IP address.
                            6. If the fault persists, contact technical support.
                            +
                            +

                            Solution (Windows)

                            The following uses Windows 2012 as an example. For solutions about other OSs, see the corresponding help documentation.

                            +
                            1. Right-click a local area connection and choose Disable from the shortcut menu. Then, choose Enable.

                              +
                            2. If the DHCP client does not send any requests for a long time, for example, the issue recurs after the NIC is restarted, do the following:
                              1. Right-click Local Area Connection and choose Properties from the shortcut menu.
                              2. In the displayed dialog box, select Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4), click Properties, and modify parameter settings.

                                +
                              3. Restart the ECS to make the network settings take effect.
                              +
                            3. If the fault persists, contact technical support.
                          diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0107659745.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0107659745.html index 4c3c3cd78..78407826a 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0107659745.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0107659745.html @@ -65,8 +65,8 @@
                          @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@

                          Modifying Kernel Parameter Settings

                          • Method 1: Run the echo command in /proc/sys to modify the file for the target kernel parameters.

                            The parameter values changed using this method take effect only during the current running and will be reset after the system is restarted. To make the modification take effect permanently, see method 2.

                            -

                            /proc/sys/ is a pseudo directory generated after the Linux kernel is started. The net folder in this directory stores all kernel parameters that have taken effect in the system. The directory tree structure is determined based on complete parameter names. For example, net.ipv4.tcp_tw_recycle corresponds to the /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_tw_recycle file, and the content of the file is the parameter value.

                            +

                            /proc/sys/ is a pseudo directory generated after the Linux kernel is started. The net folder in this directory stores all kernel parameters that have taken effect in the system. The directory tree structure is determined based on complete parameter names. For example, net.ipv4.tcp_tw_recycle corresponds to the /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_tw_recycle file, and the content of the file is the parameter value.

                            Example:

                            To change the net.ipv4.tcp_tw_recycle value to 0, run the following command:

                            echo "0" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_tw_recycle

                            diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0116266207.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0116266207.html index abe81cc73..930725914 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0116266207.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0116266207.html @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@

                            When you select Resource name for Search By, you need to select or enter a specific resource name.

                          • Operator: Select a specific operator (which is a user rather than the tenant).
                          • Trace Status: Available options include All trace statuses, normal, warning, and incident. You can only select one of them.
                          • Time Range: You can view traces generated during any time range of the last seven days.
                        • Expand the trace for details.
                          Figure 1 Expanding trace details
                          -
                        • Click View Trace. A dialog box is displayed, in which the trace structure details are displayed.

                          For more information about CTS, see Cloud Trace Service User Guide.

                          +
                        • Click View Trace. A dialog box is displayed, in which the trace structure details are displayed.

                          For more information about CTS, see Cloud Trace Service User Guide.

                          • diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0117490178.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0117490178.html index edaa50d15..a1814b9a3 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0117490178.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0117490178.html @@ -17,8 +17,8 @@

                        • In the Initialize Disk dialog box, the to-be-initialized disk is selected. Select a disk partition style and click OK. In this example, GPT (GUID Partition Table) is selected.

                          The Computer Management window is displayed.
                          Figure 4 Computer Management
                          -

                          The maximum disk capacity supported by MBR is 2 TB, and that supported by GPT is 18 EB. Because a data disk currently supports up to 32 TB, use the GPT partition style if your disk capacity is larger than 2 TB.

                          -

                          If you change the disk partition style after the disk has been used, the data on the disk will be cleared. Therefore, select a proper disk partition style when initializing the disk.

                          +

                          The maximum disk size supported by MBR is 2 TB, and that supported by GPT is 18 EB. Because an EVS data disk currently supports up to 32 TB, use GPT if your disk size is larger than 2 TB.

                          +

                          If the partition style is changed after the disk has been used, data on the disk will be cleared. Therefore, select an appropriate partition style when initializing the disk. If you must change the partition style to GPT after a disk has been used, it is recommended that you back up the disk data before the change.

                        • Right-click at the unallocated disk space and choose New Simple Volume from the shortcut menu.

                          The New Simple Volume Wizard window is displayed.
                          Figure 5 New Simple Volume Wizard
                          diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0120795802.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0120795802.html index 87b8035ea..b820b7974 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0120795802.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0120795802.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@

                          How Can I Enable Virtual Memory on a Windows ECS?

                          -

                          Enabling ECS virtual memory will deteriorate I/O performance. If the memory is insufficient, you are advised to expand the memory by Modifying ECS vCPU and Memory Specifications. If you really need to enable virtual memory, see the operations described below.

                          +

                          Enabling ECS virtual memory will deteriorate I/O performance. If the memory size of an ECS is insufficient, you are advised to increase its memory size by referring to Modifying ECS vCPU and Memory Specifications. If you really need to enable virtual memory, see the operations described below.

                          If the memory usage is excessively high and the I/O performance is not as good as expected, you are not suggested to enable virtual memory. The reason is as follows: The excessively high memory usage limits the system performance improvement. Furthermore, frequent memory switching requires massive additional I/O operations, which will further deteriorate the I/O performance and the overall system performance.

                          The operations described in this section are provided for the ECSs running Windows Server 2008 or later.

                          diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0132345719.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0132345719.html index 3fffb8626..d1da79f1d 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0132345719.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0132345719.html @@ -17,6 +17,8 @@
                        • Disk-intensive ECSs
                          • +
                        • Ultra-high I/O ECSs
                          +
                        • High-Performance Computing ECSs
                        • GPU-accelerated ECSs
                          diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0140323152.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0140323152.html index 14c923d9c..0ed624526 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0140323152.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0140323152.html @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@
                          • - - @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@

                          Remotely Connecting to Linux ECSs Using SSH

                          • Example scenario:

                            After creating Linux ECSs, you can add a security group rule to enable remote SSH access to the ECSs.

                          • Security group rule: -
                          Table 13 Supported OS versions

                          OS

                          Version

                          +

                          Version

                          CentOS

                          +

                          CentOS

                          CentOS 7.9 64bit

                          +

                          CentOS 7.9 64bit

                          Oracle Linux

                          +

                          Oracle Linux

                          Oracle Linux Server release 7.6 64bit

                          +

                          Oracle Linux Server release 7.6 64bit

                          Ubuntu

                          +

                          Ubuntu

                          • Ubuntu 20.04 server 64bit
                          • Ubuntu 18.04 server 64bit
                          +
                          • Ubuntu 20.04 server 64bit
                          • Ubuntu 18.04 server 64bit

                          Windows

                          +

                          Windows

                          • Windows Server 2019 Standard 64bit
                          • Windows Server 2016 Standard 64bit
                          • Windows Server 2012 R2 Standard 64bit
                          +
                          • Windows Server 2019 Standard 64bit
                          • Windows Server 2016 Standard 64bit
                          • Windows Server 2012 R2 Standard 64bit

                          Specifies the memory used by sockets for automatic optimization.

                          The first value is the minimum number of bytes allocated to the socket buffer for transmitting data.

                          -

                          The second value is the default value, which is overwritten by wmem_default. The buffer size can increase to this value when the system load is not heavy.

                          -

                          The third value is the maximum number of bytes allocated to the socket buffer for transmitting data. This value is overwritten by wmem_max.

                          +

                          The second value is the default value, which is overwritten by wmem_default. The buffer size can increase to this value when the system load is not heavy.

                          +

                          The third value is the maximum number of bytes allocated to the socket buffer for transmitting data. This value is overwritten by wmem_max.

                          net.ipv4.tcp_keepalive_time

                          @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@

                          Allows fast recycle of TIME-WAIT sockets.

                          NOTE:

                          This parameter is valid only when net.ipv4.tcp_timestamps is enabled.

                          -

                          Do not set this parameter to 1 if NAT is enabled. Otherwise, an error will occur during remote ECS logins.

                          +

                          Do not set this parameter to 1 if NAT is enabled. Otherwise, an error will occur during remote ECS logins.

                          Protocol/Application

                          Port

                          +

                          Port

                          Source

                          +

                          Source

                          Direction

                          +
                          diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0140323157.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0140323157.html index 78d828c4e..24170d4cc 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0140323157.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0140323157.html @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@

                          Security Group Rules

                          After a security group is created, you can add rules to the security group. A rule applies either to inbound traffic (ingress) or outbound traffic (egress). After ECSs are added to the security group, they are protected by the rules of that group.

                          Each security group has default rules. For details, see Default Security Group and Rules. You can also customize security group rules. For details, see Configuring Security Group Rules.

                          -

                          Security Group Constraints

                          • By default, you can create a maximum of 100 security groups in your cloud account.
                          • By default, you can add up to 50 security group rules to a security group.
                          • By default, you can add an ECS or an extension NIC to a maximum of five security groups. In such a case, the rules of all the selected security groups are aggregated to take effect.
                          • When creating a private network load balancer, you need to select a desired security group. Do not delete the default security group rules or ensure that the following requirements are met:
                            • Outbound rules: only allow data packets to the selected security group or only data packets from the peer load balancer.
                            • Inbound rules: only allow data packets from the selected security group or only data packets from the peer load balancer.
                            +

                            Security Group Constraints

                            • By default, you can create a maximum of 100 security groups in your cloud account.
                            • By default, you can add up to 50 security group rules to a security group.
                            • By default, you can associate no more than five security groups with each ECS or extension NIC. In such a case, the rules of all the selected security groups are aggregated to take effect.
                            • When creating a private network load balancer, you need to select a desired security group. Do not delete the default security group rules or ensure that the following requirements are met:
                              • Outbound rules: only allow data packets to the selected security group or only data packets from the peer load balancer.
                              • Inbound rules: only allow data packets from the selected security group or only data packets from the peer load balancer.
                          diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0142266317.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0142266317.html index 5013580d4..7d68510f4 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0142266317.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0142266317.html @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@

                          Scenarios

                          The name of a created ECS can be changed to meet your service requirements.

                          Multiple ECS names can be changed in a batch. After the change, the ECS names are the same.

                          -

                          Procedure for a Single ECS

                          1. Log in to the management console.
                          2. Click in the upper left corner and select your region and project.
                          3. Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.
                          4. Click the name of the target ECS.
                          5. On the page providing details about the ECS, click following the ECS name. Then, change the name as prompted.

                            Allow duplicate ECS name: allows ECS names to be duplicate. If Allow duplicate ECS name is not selected and the target name is the same as an existing ECS name, the system displays a message indicating that the name has been used and you need to change another name.

                            +

                            Procedure for a Single ECS

                            1. Log in to the management console.
                            2. Click in the upper left corner and select your region and project.
                            3. Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.
                            4. Click the name of the target ECS.
                            5. On the page providing details about the ECS, click next to the ECS name. Then, change the name as prompted.

                              Allow duplicate name: allows ECS names to be duplicate. If Allow duplicate name is not selected and the target name is the same as an existing ECS name, the system displays a message indicating that the name has been used and you need to change another name.

                            6. Click OK.
                            -

                            Procedure for Batch Operations

                            1. Log in to the management console.
                            2. Click in the upper left corner and select your region and project.
                            3. Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.
                            4. Select the target ECSs.
                            5. Click More in the upper part of the ECS list and select Change ECS Name from the drop-down list.
                            6. Enter the new name.
                            7. Click OK.

                              If you change ECS names in a batch, the new ECS names are the same, for example, all are ecs-test.

                              +

                              Procedure for Batch Operations

                              1. Log in to the management console.
                              2. Click in the upper left corner and select your region and project.
                              3. Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.
                              4. Select the target ECSs.
                              5. Click More above the ECS list and select Change ECS Name from the drop-down list.
                              6. Enter the new name.
                              7. Click OK.

                                If you change ECS names in a batch, the new ECS names are the same, for example, all are ecs-test.

                            diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0149470468.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0149470468.html index 2cb22dbcb..06a10356d 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0149470468.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0149470468.html @@ -65,14 +65,14 @@ options nouveau modeset=0

                          Installing the CUDA Toolkit on a Linux ECS

                          The following uses Ubuntu 16.04 64bit as an example to describe how to install the CUDA 10.1 toolkit on a GPU-accelerated ECS.

                          -
                          1. Log in to the ECS.
                          2. Update the system software based on the OS.
                            • Ubuntu

                              Update the software installation source: apt-get -y update

                              -

                              Install necessary programs: apt-get install gcc g++ make

                              -
                            • CentOS

                              Update the software installation source: yum -y update --exclude=kernel* --exclude=centos-release* --exclude=initscripts*

                              +
                              1. Log in to the ECS.
                              2. Update the system software based on the OS.
                                • Ubuntu

                                  Update the software installation source: apt-get -y update

                                  +

                                  Install necessary programs: apt-get install gcc g++ make

                                  +
                                • CentOS

                                  Update the software installation source: yum -y update --exclude=kernel* --exclude=centos-release* --exclude=initscripts*

                                  Install the desired program: yum install -y kernel-devel-`uname -r` gcc gcc-c++

                              3. On the CUDA download page, set parameters according to the information shown in Obtaining a Tesla Driver and CUDA Toolkit.
                                Figure 16 Selecting a CUDA version
                              4. Find the link for downloading CUDA 10.1 and copy the link.
                                Figure 17 Copying the link for downloading CUDA
                                -
                              1. Run the following command on the ECS to download CUDA:

                                wget Copied link

                                +
                              1. Run the following command on the ECS to download CUDA:

                                wget Copied link

                                For example, wget https://developer.nvidia.com/compute/cuda/10.1/Prod/local_installers/cuda_10.1.105_418.39_linux.run

                                Figure 18 Downloading CUDA
                              1. Install CUDA.
                                Follow the instructions provided on the official NVIDIA website.
                                Figure 19 Installing CUDA
                                diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0163572588.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0163572588.html index 9bd7eaf22..c80636f47 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0163572588.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0163572588.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@

                                Overview

                                -

                                Scenarios

                                ECSs are more cost-effective than physical servers. Within minutes, you can obtain ECS resources from the public cloud. ECS resources are flexible and on-demand. This section describes how to create an ECS on the management console.

                                +

                                Scenarios

                                ECSs are more cost-effective than physical servers. Within minutes, you can obtain ECS resources from the cloud service platform. ECS resources are flexible and on-demand. This section describes how to create an ECS on the management console.

                                Creation process:

                                diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0163572589.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0163572589.html index 22afe2c80..40a6f79b1 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0163572589.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0163572589.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@

                                Step 1: Configure Basic Settings

                                -

                                Accessing the ECS Creation Page

                                1. Log in to the management console.
                                2. Click in the upper left corner and select your region and project.
                                3. Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.
                                4. Click Create ECS.
                                  The page for creating ECSs is displayed.

                                  SAP High-Performance Analytic Appliance (HANA) is a high-performance real-time data computing platform based on memory computing technologies. The public cloud provides high-performance IaaS services that comply with SAP HANA requirements. These services help you rapidly request for SAP HANA resources (such as applying for HANA ECSs and public IP addresses) and install and configure SAP HANA, therefore improving your operation efficiency, reducing operation costs, and enhancing your experience.

                                  +

                                  Accessing the ECS Creation Page

                                  1. Log in to the management console.
                                  2. Click in the upper left corner and select your region and project.
                                  3. Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.
                                  4. Click Create ECS.
                                    The page for creating ECSs is displayed.

                                    SAP High-Performance Analytic Appliance (HANA) is a high-performance real-time data computing platform based on memory computing technologies. The cloud platform provides high-performance IaaS services that comply with SAP HANA requirements. These services help you rapidly request for SAP HANA resources (such as applying for HANA ECSs and public IP addresses) and install and configure SAP HANA, therefore improving your operation efficiency, reducing operation costs, and enhancing your experience.

                                    HANA ECSs are dedicated for SAP HANA. If you want to deploy SAP HANA on cloud servers, create HANA ECSs.

                                    For more information about HANA ECS application scenarios and creation methods, see SAP HANA User Guide.

                                    @@ -18,8 +18,8 @@

                                    DeH refers to physical server resources dedicated for a specified user. You can deploy ECSs on DeHs for better isolation, security, and performance of your ECSs. You can continue using your existing server software licenses of ECSs on DeHs to reduce costs. For more details, see Dedicated Host User Guide.

                                    If you select a SUSE-SAP public image when creating an ECS on a DeH, you will be billed for the license.

                                    -
                                  5. Set Specifications.

                                    The public cloud provides various ECS types for different application scenarios. You can choose from existing ECS types and flavors in the list. Alternatively, you can enter a flavor or specify vCPUs and memory size to search for the flavor suited to your needs.

                                    -

                                    Latest generation shows the types and flavors of newly released ECSs, and All generations show the types and flavors of all ECSs provided by the public cloud.

                                    +
                                  6. Set Specifications.

                                    The cloud platform provides various ECS types for different application scenarios. You can choose from existing ECS types and flavors in the list. Alternatively, you can enter a flavor or specify vCPUs and memory size to search for the flavor suited to your needs.

                                    +

                                    Latest generation shows the types and flavors of newly released ECSs, and All generations show the types and flavors of all ECSs provided by the cloud platform.

                                    • Before selecting an ECS type, learn about the introduction and notes on each type of ECSs. For details, see ECS Types.
                                    • Local Disk: specifies the local storage of the physical server where the ECS is deployed. Only Hard Disk Driver (HDD) disks are supported. If the ECS of the selected type (such as Disk-intensive) uses local disks, the system automatically attaches the local disks to the ECS and displays the information of the local disks.

                                      For example, if Local Disk is 3x1800 GiB (HDD), three HDDs are attached to the ECS and the capacity of each HDD is 1800 GiB.

                                    @@ -35,20 +35,20 @@
                                  7. Shared image

                                    A shared image is a private image shared by another user.

                          3. (Optional) Set License Type.

                            Specifies a license type for using an OS or software. This parameter is displayed only when the selected image is billed.

                            -
                            • Using License from the System

                              Allows you to use the license provided by the public cloud platform. Obtaining the authorization of such a license is billed.

                              +
                              • Using License from the System

                                Allows you to use the license provided by the cloud service platform. Obtaining the authorization of such a license is billed.

                              • Bring your own license (BYOL)

                                Allows you to use your existing OS license. In such a case, you do not need to apply for a license again.

                              For more details, see License Type.

                              -
                            • Set System Disk and Data Disk if required.
                              • System disk

                                For the disk types supported by an ECS, see EVS Disks.

                                +
                              • Set System Disk and Data Disk if required.
                                • System disk

                                  For the disk types supported by an ECS, see EVS Disks.

                                  • If the image based on which an ECS is created is not encrypted, the system disk of the ECS is not encrypted. If the image based on which an ECS is created is encrypted, the system disk of the ECS is automatically encrypted. For details, see (Optional) Encryption-related parameters.
                                  • Encryption: indicates that the system disk is encrypted if you select this option. For details, see (Optional) Encryption-related parameters.
                                  • For a P1 or P2 ECS, the system disk must be greater than or equal to 15 GB. It is recommended that the system disk be greater than 40 GB. A disk size must be an integer multiple of 10, for example, 60 GB or 70 GB. Otherwise, the system automatically rounds the value down, for example, 60 GB for value 68.
                                  -
                                • Data disk

                                  You can create multiple data disks for an ECS and enable required functions for each data disk. When creating an ECS, you can add up to 24 disks with customized sizes to it. After the ECS is created, you can add up to 60 disks to it.

                                  -

                                  Click and set the following functions if required:

                                  -
                                  • SCSI: indicates that the device type of the data disk is SCSI if you select this option. For more information about SCSI disks and the ECSs that can be attached with SCSI disks, see EVS Disks.
                                  • Share: indicates that the EVS disk is sharable if you select this option. Such an EVS disk can be attached to multiple ECSs.
                                  • Encryption: indicates that the data disk is encrypted if you select this option. For details, see (Optional) Encryption-related parameters.
                                  • Create Disk from Data Disk Image: If you have created a data disk image on the Image Management Service page, when using a Windows or Linux image to create an ECS, you can use the data disk image to create data disks for the ECS.

                                    Click Create Disk from Data Disk Image. In the dialog box that is displayed, select your data disk image.

                                    +
                                  • Data disk

                                    You can create multiple data disks for an ECS and enable required functions for each data disk. When creating an ECS, you can add up to 23 data disks with customized sizes to it. After the ECS is created, you can add up to 23 VBD disks or 59 SCSI disks to it.

                                    +

                                    Click Show and set the following functions if required:

                                    +
                                    • SCSI: indicates that the device type of the data disk is SCSI if you select this option. For more information about SCSI disks and the ECSs that can be attached with SCSI disks, see EVS Disks.
                                    • Share: indicates that the EVS disk is sharable if you select this option. Such an EVS disk can be attached to multiple ECSs.
                                    • Encryption: indicates that the data disk is encrypted if you select this option. For details, see (Optional) Encryption-related parameters.
                                    • Create Disk from Data Disk Image: If you have created a data disk image on the Image Management Service page, when using a Windows or Linux image to create an ECS, you can use the data disk image to create data disks for the ECS.

                                      Click Create Disk from Data Disk Image. In the dialog box that is displayed, select your data disk image.

                                      • One data disk image can be used for one data disk only.
                                      • When you use a data disk image to create a disk, SCSI, Encryption, and Share are unavailable.
                                      • For instructions about how to create a data disk image, see Image Management Service User Guide.
                                    -
                                  • (Optional) Encryption-related parameters

                                    To enable encryption, click Create Xrole to assign KMS access permissions to EVS. If you have rights granting permission, assign the KMS access permissions to EVS. If you do not have the permission, contact the user having the security administrator rights to assign the KMS access permissions. For more details, see Can All Users Use the Encryption Feature?

                                    -
                                    • Encryption: indicates that the EVS disk has been encrypted.
                                    • Create Xrole: assigns KMS access permissions to EVS to obtain KMS keys. After the permissions are assigned, follow-up operations do not require assigning permissions again.
                                    • KMS Key Name: specifies the name of the key used by the encrypted EVS disk. You can select an existing key, or click Create KMS Key and create a new one on the KMS console. The default value is evs/default.
                                    • Xrole Name: EVSAccessKMS: specifies that permissions have been assigned to EVS to obtain KMS keys for encrypting or decrypting EVS disks.
                                    • KMS Key ID: specifies the ID of the key used by the encrypted data disk.
                                    +
                                  • (Optional) Encryption-related parameters

                                    To enable encryption, click Create Xrole to assign KMS access permissions to EVS. If you have rights granting permission, assign the KMS access permissions to EVS. If you do not have the permission, contact the user having the security administrator rights to assign the KMS access permissions. For details, see Can All Users Use the Encryption Feature?

                                    +
                                    • Encryption: indicates that the EVS disk has been encrypted.
                                    • Create Xrole: assigns KMS access permissions to EVS to obtain KMS keys. After the permissions are assigned, follow-up operations do not require assigning permissions again.
                                    • Xrole Name: EVSAccessKMS: specifies that permissions have been assigned to EVS to obtain KMS keys for encrypting or decrypting EVS disks.
                                    • KMS Key Name: specifies the name of the key used by the encrypted EVS disk. You can select an existing key, or click Create KMS Key and create a new one on the KMS console. The default value is evs/default.
                                    • KMS Key ID: specifies the ID of the key used by the encrypted data disk.
                                • Click Next: Configure Network.
                          diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0163572590.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0163572590.html index 1eafeac71..083af6af2 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0163572590.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0163572590.html @@ -21,13 +21,13 @@
                        • Set EIP.

                          An EIP is a static public IP address bound to an ECS in a VPC. Using the EIP, the ECS provides services externally.

                          The following options are provided:

                          -
                          • Do not use

                            Without an EIP, the ECS cannot access the Internet and is used in the private network or cluster only.

                            -
                          • Auto assign

                            The system automatically assigns an EIP for the ECS. The EIP provides a dedicated bandwidth that is configurable.

                            +
                            • Auto assign

                              The system automatically assigns an EIP for the ECS. The EIP provides a dedicated bandwidth that is configurable.

                            • Specify

                              An existing EIP is assigned for the ECS. When using an existing EIP, you are not allowed to create ECSs in a batch.

                              +
                            • Do not use

                              Without an EIP, the ECS cannot access the Internet and is used in the private network or cluster only.

                            +
                          • Set Bandwidth Size.

                            Select the bandwidth based on service requirements. The unit is Mbit/s.

                          • Click Next: Configure Advanced Settings.
                            • -

                            diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0163572591.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0163572591.html index 4da5b1dae..c862014aa 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0163572591.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0163572591.html @@ -6,15 +6,21 @@

                            The ECS Name set in this step will be the initial host name in the ECS OS.

                            Consecutive periods (.) or hyphens (-) will be replaced with the first character to prevent unknown issues.

                            -
                          • (Optional) Specify the description of the ECS.
                          • Set Login Mode.
                            Key pair: allows you to use a key pair for login authentication. You can select an existing key pair, or click Create Key Pair and create a desired one.

                            If you use an existing key pair, make sure that you have saved the key file locally. Otherwise, logging in to the ECS will fail.

                            +
                          • (Optional) Specify the description of the ECS.
                          • Set Login Mode.
                            Key pair: allows you to use a key pair for login authentication. You can select an existing key pair, or click Create Key Pair and create a desired one.

                            If you use an existing key pair, make sure that you have saved the key file locally. Otherwise, logging in to the ECS will fail.

                            -
                          • Set ECS Group.

                            An ECS group applies the anti-affinity policy to the ECSs in it so that the ECSs are automatically allocated to different hosts. This configuration is optional. For instructions about how to create an ECS group, see Managing ECS Groups.

                            +
                          • Set Cloud Backup and Recovery.

                            Cloud Backup and Recovery (CBR) provides backup protection for EVS disks and ECSs, and uses backups to restore the EVS disks and ECSs. After you set Cloud Backup and Recovery, the system binds the target ECS to the cloud backup vault and associates the ECS with the selected backup policy to periodically back up the ECS.

                            +

                            The following options are provided, among which the default value is Do not use:

                            +
                            • Create new
                              1. Set the name of the cloud backup vault, which consists of 1 to 64 characters, containing only letters, digits, underscores (_), and hyphens (-). For example, vault-f61e. The default naming rule is vault_xxxx.
                              2. Enter the vault capacity, which is required for backing up the ECS. The vault capacity cannot be smaller than that of the ECS to be backed up. Its value ranges from the total capacity of the ECS to 10,485,760 in the unit of GB.
                              3. Select a backup policy from the drop-down list, or log in to the CBR console and configure a desired one.
                              +
                            • Specify
                              1. Select an existing cloud backup vault from the drop-down list.
                              2. Select a backup policy from the drop-down list, or log in to the CBR console and configure a desired one.
                              +
                            • Do not use

                              Skip this configuration if CBR is not required. If you need to enable CBR after creating an ECS, log in to the CBR console, locate the target vault, and bind the ECS to the vault.

                              +
                            +
                          • Set ECS Group (Optional).

                            An ECS group applies the anti-affinity policy to the ECSs in it so that the ECSs are automatically allocated to different hosts. This configuration is optional. For instructions about how to create an ECS group, see Managing ECS Groups.

                            An existing ECS attached with a local disk cannot be added to an ECS group. To use ECS group functions, select an ECS group when creating an ECS.

                            -
                          • To use functions listed in Advanced Options, select Configure now. Otherwise, do not select it.
                            • User Data

                              You can specify the user data. The user data will be automatically passed to the ECS when the ECS starts for the first time. This configuration is optional.

                              -

                              For example, if you activate user root permission by passing a script, you can log in to the ECS as user root.

                              -

                              For details, see Passing User Data to ECSs.

                              +
                            • To use functions listed in Advanced Options, select Configure now. Otherwise, do not select it.
                              • User Data Injection

                                You can specify the user data. The user data will be automatically passed to the ECS when the ECS starts for the first time. This configuration is optional.

                                +

                                For example, if you activate user root permission by passing a script file to an ECS, you can log in to the ECS as user root.

                                +

                                For detailed operations, see Passing User Data to ECSs.

                              • Tag

                                Tagging an ECS to facilitate ECS identification and management. This configuration is optional. You can add up to 10 tags to an ECS.

                                Tags added during ECS creation will also be added to the created EIP and EVS disks (including the system disk and data disks) of the ECS. If the ECS uses an existing EIP, the tags will not be added to the EIP.

                                After creating the ECS, you can view the tags on the pages providing details about the ECS, EIP, and EVS disks.

                                diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0166284970.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0166284970.html index 48b959809..0c0d93bf1 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0166284970.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0166284970.html @@ -3,8 +3,8 @@

                                How Can I Transfer Files from a Local Windows Computer to a Windows ECS?

                                Scenarios

                                You want to transfer files from a local Windows computer to a Windows ECS through an MSTSC-based remote desktop connection.

                                -

                                Prerequisites

                                • The target ECS is running.
                                • The ECS has an EIP bound. For details, see Binding an EIP.
                                - +

                                Prerequisites

                                • The target ECS is running.
                                • An EIP has been bound to the ECS. For details, see Binding an EIP.
                                +

                                Solution

                                1. On the local Windows computer, click Start. In the Search programs and files text box, enter mstsc.

                                  The Remote Desktop Connection window is displayed.

                                2. Click Options.

                                  diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0166284971.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0166284971.html index 72b9177ca..3217fd1b7 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0166284971.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0166284971.html @@ -4,12 +4,12 @@

                                  Scenarios

                                  WinSCP can be used to securely copy-paste files across local and remote computers. Compared with FTP, WinSCP allows you to use a username and password to access the destination server without any additional configuration on the server.

                                  To transfer a file from a local Windows computer to a Linux ECS, WinSCP is commonly used. This section describes how to transfer files from a local Windows computer to a Linux ECS using WinSCP. In this example, the ECS running CentOS 7.2 is used as an example.

                                  -

                                  Prerequisites

                                  • The target ECS is running.
                                  • The ECS has an EIP bound. For details, see Binding an EIP.
                                  - +

                                  Prerequisites

                                  • The target ECS is running.
                                  • An EIP has been bound to the ECS. For details, see Binding an EIP.
                                  +

                                  Solution

                                  1. Download WinSCP.
                                  1. Install WinSCP.
                                  2. Start WinSCP.

                                    Set parameters as follows:

                                    -
                                    • File protocol: Set this to SFTP or SCP.
                                    • Host name: Enter the EIP bound to the ECS. Log in to the management console to obtain the EIP.
                                    • Port number: 22 by default.
                                    • User Name: Enter the username for logging in to the ECS.
                                      • If the ECS is logged in using an SSH key pair,
                                        • The username is core for a CoreOS public image.
                                        • The username is root for a non-CoreOS public image.
                                        +
                                        • File protocol: Set this to SFTP or SCP.
                                        • Host name: Enter the EIP bound to the ECS. Log in to the management console to obtain the EIP.
                                        • Port number: 22 by default.
                                        • User Name: Enter the username for logging in to the ECS.
                                          • If the ECS is logged in using an SSH key pair,
                                            • The username is core for a CoreOS public image.
                                            • The username is root for a non-CoreOS public image.
                                          • If the ECS is logged in using a password, the username is root for a public image.
                                        • Password: the password set when you created the ECS or converted using a key.
                                      • Click Login.
                                      • Drag a file from the local computer on the left to the remotely logged in ECS on the right to transfer the file.
                                  diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0177512565.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0177512565.html index ba63981bf..6c046dd4b 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0177512565.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0177512565.html @@ -1905,7 +1905,7 @@
                          • - @@ -1924,7 +1924,7 @@ - - - - - @@ -2168,7 +2168,7 @@ - @@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@ - @@ -2243,11 +2243,11 @@ - - @@ -2272,11 +2272,11 @@ - - @@ -2295,11 +2295,11 @@ - - @@ -2318,11 +2318,11 @@ - - @@ -2373,7 +2373,7 @@ - @@ -2398,7 +2398,7 @@ - @@ -2421,7 +2421,7 @@ - @@ -2444,7 +2444,7 @@ - @@ -2501,9 +2501,9 @@ - - @@ -2526,9 +2526,9 @@ - - @@ -2549,9 +2549,9 @@ - - @@ -2607,11 +2607,11 @@ - - - @@ -2632,11 +2632,11 @@ - - - @@ -2655,11 +2655,11 @@ - - - @@ -2712,9 +2712,9 @@ - - @@ -2737,9 +2737,9 @@ - - @@ -2760,9 +2760,9 @@ - - @@ -2785,7 +2785,7 @@ - diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0214940106.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0214940106.html index db51c6685..5c67c3b24 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0214940106.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0214940106.html @@ -15,11 +15,11 @@

                          In the preceding command, /dev/vbd1 is the disk to be attached, and /mnt/vbd1 is the path for disk attachment.

                          Ensure that /mnt/vbd1 is empty. Otherwise, the attachment will fail.

                          -
                        • Run the following commands to check whether the numbers of disks before and after specifications modification are the same:

                          fdisk -l | grep 'Disk /dev/'

                          +
                        • Run the following commands to check whether the numbers of disks before and after specifications modifications are the same:

                          fdisk -l | grep 'Disk /dev/'

                          df -h| grep '/dev/'

                          • If the numbers are the same, no further action is required.
                          • If the numbers are different, contact customer service.
                          Figure 3 Checking the number of disks attached
                          -

                          As shown in Figure 3, the numbers of disks before and after specifications modification are the same. The disks are /dev/vda, /dev/vdb, and /dev/vdc.

                          +

                          As shown in Figure 3, the numbers of disks before and after specifications modifications are the same. The disks are /dev/vda, /dev/vdb, and /dev/vdc.

                          • diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0240831198.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0240831198.html index 987c14666..6e09e4915 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0240831198.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0240831198.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@

                          Why Does the Disk Drive Letter Change After the ECS Is Restarted?

                          Symptom

                          For a Linux ECS, the drive letter may change after an EVS disk is detached and then attached again, or after an EVS disk is detached and then the ECS is restarted.

                          -

                          Root Cause

                          When an Linux ECS has multiple disks attached, it allocates drive letters in the attachment sequence and names the disks as /dev/vda1, /dev/vdb1, and /dev/vdc1, etc.

                          +

                          Root Cause

                          When a Linux ECS has multiple disks attached, it allocates drive letters in the attachment sequence and names the disks as /dev/vda1, /dev/vdb1, and /dev/vdc1, etc.

                          After a disk is detached and then attached again, or after a disk is detached and the ECS is restarted, the drive letter may change.

                          For example, an ECS has three disks attached: /dev/vda1, /dev/vdb1, and /dev/vdc1. The mounting parameters in /etc/fstab are as follows:

                          cat /etc/fstab

                          diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0244854543.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0244854543.html index 44b30dbe1..fd1557874 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0244854543.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0244854543.html @@ -36,7 +36,9 @@
                        • Modify the security group rule.

                          Add an inbound rule in which Protocol is set to TCP and Port Range is set to 2020.

                          For details, see "Adding a Security Group Rule" in the Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

                          Use port 2020 to remotely log in to the ECS.

                          -
                        • Use "IP address:Port" to remotely access the ECS.
                          • +
                        • Run the following command to check whether the port is open:

                          telnet EIP Port

                          +

                          For example: telnet xx.xx.xx.xx 2020

                          +
                          • diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0263806053.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0263806053.html index d31a1c30c..715586aba 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0263806053.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0263806053.html @@ -3,8 +3,8 @@

                          How Can I Use FTP to Transfer Files from a Local Windows Computer to a Windows or Linux ECS?

                          Scenarios

                          You want to use FTP to transfer files from a local Windows computer to an ECS.

                          -

                          Prerequisites

                          You have enabled FTP on the target ECS. If you have not enabled FTP, check the following links to know how to set up an FTP site:

                          - +

                          Prerequisites

                          • An EIP has been bound to the ECS and access to port 21 is allowed in the inbound direction of the security group to which the ECS belongs.
                          • You have enabled FTP on the target ECS. If you have not enabled FTP, check the following links to know how to set up an FTP site: +

                          Procedure

                          1. Download FileZilla and install it on the local Windows computer.
                          2. On the local Windows computer, open FileZilla, enter the information about the target ECS, and click Quickconnect.
                            • Host: EIP bound to the ECS
                            • Username: username set when the FTP site was set up
                            • Password: password of the username
                            • Port: FTP access port, which is port 21 by default
                            Figure 1 Setting connection parameters
                            diff --git a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0263806054.html b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0263806054.html index 9ea1fbb64..6f4e62563 100644 --- a/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0263806054.html +++ b/docs/ecs/umn/en-us_topic_0263806054.html @@ -4,7 +4,8 @@

                            Scenarios

                            You want to use FTP on a local Linux computer to transfer files between the computer and a Linux ECS.

                            Prerequisites

                            You have enabled FTP on the target ECS. If you have not enabled FTP, check the following links to know how to set up an FTP site:

                            - +
                            • An EIP has been bound to the ECS and access to port 21 is allowed in the inbound direction of the security group to which the ECS belongs.
                            • You have enabled FTP on the target ECS. If you have not enabled FTP, check the following links to know how to set up an FTP site: +

                            Procedure

                            1. Install FTP on the local Linux computer.

                              Take CentOS 7.6 as an example. Run the following command to install FTP:

                              yum -y install ftp

                          Direction

                          Protocol

                          KVM

                          2×1675

                          +

                          2 × 1675

                          CPU: Intel® Xeon® Gold 6151

                          KVM

                          4×1675

                          +

                          4 × 1675

                          d2.4xlarge.8

                          @@ -1941,7 +1941,7 @@

                          KVM

                          8×1675

                          +

                          8 × 1675

                          d2.6xlarge.8

                          @@ -1958,7 +1958,7 @@

                          KVM

                          12×1675

                          +

                          12 × 1675

                          d2.8xlarge.8

                          @@ -1975,7 +1975,7 @@

                          KVM

                          16×1675

                          +

                          16 × 1675

                          d2.15xlarge.9

                          @@ -1992,7 +1992,7 @@

                          KVM

                          24×1675

                          +

                          24 × 1675

                          8

                          1 x T4

                          +

                          1 × T4

                          16

                          16

                          2 x T4

                          +

                          2 × T4

                          32

                          4

                          1 x V100

                          +

                          1 × V100

                          PCIe Gen3

                          1 x 32 GiB

                          +

                          1 × 32 GiB

                          KVM

                          8

                          2 x V100

                          +

                          2 × V100

                          PCIe Gen3

                          2 x 32 GiB

                          +

                          2 × 32 GiB

                          KVM

                          8

                          4 x V100

                          +

                          4 × V100

                          PCIe Gen3

                          4 x 32 GiB

                          +

                          4 × 32 GiB

                          KVM

                          8

                          8 x V100

                          +

                          8 × V100

                          PCIe Gen3

                          8 x 32 GiB

                          +

                          8 × 32 GiB

                          KVM

                          4

                          1 x V100

                          +

                          1 × V100

                          N/A

                          8

                          2 x V100

                          +

                          2 × V100

                          NVLink

                          8

                          4 x V100

                          +

                          4 × V100

                          NVLink

                          8

                          8 x V100

                          +

                          8 × V100

                          NVLink

                          12

                          1 x V100

                          +

                          1 × V100

                          1 x 16

                          +

                          1 × 16

                          1 × 800 GiB NVMe

                          12

                          2 x V100

                          +

                          2 × V100

                          2 x 16

                          +

                          2 × 16

                          2 × 800 GiB NVMe

                          12

                          4 x V100

                          +

                          4 × V100

                          4 x 16

                          +

                          4 × 16

                          4 × 800 GiB NVMe

                          12

                          1 x P100

                          +

                          1 × P100

                          1 x 16

                          +

                          1 × 16

                          1×800

                          +

                          1 × 800

                          KVM

                          12

                          2 x P100

                          +

                          2 × P100

                          2 x 16

                          +

                          2 × 16

                          2×800

                          +

                          2 × 800

                          KVM

                          12

                          4 x P100

                          +

                          4 × P100

                          4 x 16

                          +

                          4 × 16

                          4×800

                          +

                          4 × 800

                          KVM

                          4

                          1 x T4

                          +

                          1 × T4

                          1 × 16 GiB

                          +

                          1 × 16GiB

                          N/A

                          8

                          2 x T4

                          +

                          2 × T4

                          2 × 16 GiB

                          +

                          2 × 16GiB

                          N/A

                          8

                          4 x T4

                          +

                          4 × T4

                          4 × 16 GiB

                          +

                          4 × 16GiB

                          N/A

                          8 × T4

                          8 × 16 GiB

                          +

                          8 × 16GiB

                          N/A